1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.132 2003/03/29 14:02:26 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 10 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 11 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 12 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 13 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 14 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 15 includes DNS. 16 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 17 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 18 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 19 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 20 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 21 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 22 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 23 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 24 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 25 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 26 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 27 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 28 by Derek Wueppelmann. 29 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 30 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 31 College London. 32 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 33 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 34 Maurice Makaay. 35 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 36 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 37 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 38 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 39 text file instead of the database map. 40 Portability: 41 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 42 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 43 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 44 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 45 468.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 47 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 48 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 49 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 50 of ISS X-Force. 51 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 52 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 53 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 54 Stanford University Compilation Group. 55 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 56 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 57 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 58 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 59 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 60 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 61 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 62 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 63 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 64 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 65 668.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 67 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 68 across various connections. This could cause session 69 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 70 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 71 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 72 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 73 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 74 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 75 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 76 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 77 Erik Parker. 78 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 79 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 80 is used. 81 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 82 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 83 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 84 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 85 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 86 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 87 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 88 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 89 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 90 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 91 of 11 or higher. 92 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 93 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 94 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 95 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 96 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 97 to be run even if Runners=0. 98 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 99 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 100 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 101 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 102 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 103 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 104 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 105 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 106 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 107 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 108 by John Majikes of IBM. 109 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 110 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 111 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 112 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 113 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 114 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 115 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 116 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 117 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 118 noted by Matthias Andree. 119 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 120 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 121 Portability: 122 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 123 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 124 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 125 an argument, hence the builtin version of 126 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 127 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 128 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 129 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 130 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 131 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 132 of the TrustedBSD Project. 133 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 134 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 135 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 136 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 137 Corporation. 138 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 139 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 140 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 141 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 142 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 143 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 144 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 145 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 146 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 147 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 148 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 149 in the file itself. 150 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 151 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 152 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 153 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 154 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 155 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 156 relay. 157 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 158 in access_db. 159 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 160 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 161 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 162 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 163 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 164 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 165 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 166 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 167 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 168 Sun Microsystems. 169 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 170 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 171 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 172 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 173 iDEFENSE, Inc. 174 New Files: 175 devtools/OS/Interix 176 include/sm/bdb.h 177 1788.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 179 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 180 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 181 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 182 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 183 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 184 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 185 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 186 Courtesan Consulting. 187 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 188 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 189 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 190 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 191 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 192 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 193 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 194 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 195 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 196 Earickson of Colby College. 197 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 198 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 199 Courtesan Consulting. 200 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 201 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 202 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 203 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 204 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 205 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 206 execve(). 207 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 208 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 209 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 210 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 211 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 212 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 213 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 214 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 215 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 216 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 217 supposed for addresses on the header content. 218 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 219 Portability: 220 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 221 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 222 fix from Scott Walters. 223 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 224 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 225 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 226 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 227 NETISO support has been dropped. 228 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 229 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 230 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 231 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 232 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 233 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 234 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 235 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 236 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 237 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 238 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 239 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 240 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 241 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 242 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 243 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 244 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 245 University. 246 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 247 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 248 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 249 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 250 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 251 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 252 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 253 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 254 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 255 New Files: 256 contrib/etrn.0 257 2588.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 259 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 260 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 261 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 262 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 263 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 264 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 265 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 266 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 267 with rogue DNS servers. 268 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 269 by Bryan Costales. 270 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 271 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 272 Costales. 273 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 274 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 275 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 276 Polytechnic Institute. 277 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 278 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 279 Portability: 280 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 281 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 282 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 283 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 284 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 285 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 286 8.13 will change the default locking method to 287 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 288 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 289 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 290 related programs to match locking techniques. 291 2928.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 293 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 294 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 295 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 296 section of the top level README for more information. 297 Problem noted by lumpy. 298 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 299 instead of 0644. 300 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 301 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 302 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 303 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 304 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 305 Purdue University. 306 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 307 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 308 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 309 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 310 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 311 of Active State. 312 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 313 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 314 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 315 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 316 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 317 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 318 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 319 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 320 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 321 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 322 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 323 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 324 or the queue. 325 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 326 user who started sendmail. 327 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 328 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 329 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 330 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 331 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 332 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 333 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 334 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 335 Portability: 336 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 337 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 338 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 339 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 340 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 341 Charles University in Prague. 342 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 343 memory. 344 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 345 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 346 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 347 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 348 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 349 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 350 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 351 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 352 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 353 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 354 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 355 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 356 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 357 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 358 noted by Bryan Costales. 359 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 360 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 361 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 362 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 363 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 364 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 365 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 366 match dnsbl change. 367 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 368 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 369 installing the sendmail statistics file. 370 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 371 a user's filter starts other applications. 372 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 373 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 374 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 375 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 376 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 377 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 378 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 379 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 380 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 381 noted by Bryan Costales. 382 New Files: 383 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 384 3858.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 386 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 387 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 388 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 389 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 390 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 391 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 392 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 393 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 394 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 395 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 396 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 397 University. 398 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 399 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 400 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 401 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 402 of INTERMETA. 403 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 404 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 405 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 406 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 407 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 408 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 409 ActiveState. 410 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 411 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 412 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 413 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 414 Northern Illinois University. 415 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 416 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 417 of Dinoex. 418 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 419 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 420 Polytechnic Institute. 421 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 422 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 423 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 424 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 425 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 426 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 427 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 428 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 429 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 430 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 431 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 432 missing arguments. 433 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 434 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 435 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 436 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 437 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 438 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 439 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 440 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 441 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 442 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 443 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 444 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 445 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 446 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 447 of Concordia University. 448 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 449 found by Mario Nigrovic. 450 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 451 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 452 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 453 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 454 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 455 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 456 Elvers. 457 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 458 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 459 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 460 total number of TCP connections. 461 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 462 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 463 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 464 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 465 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 466 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 467 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 468 Texas. 469 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 470 to 451. 471 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 472 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 473 patch by Bryan Costales. 474 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 475 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 476 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 477 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 478 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 479 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 480 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 481 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 482 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 483 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 484 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 485 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 486 command). 487 Portability: 488 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 489 available. 490 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 491 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 492 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 493 Skyrr. 494 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 495 noted by John Beck. 496 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 497 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 498 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 499 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 500 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 501 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 502 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 503 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 504 error. 505 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 506 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 507 Krzysztof Oledzki. 508 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 509 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 510 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 511 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 512 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 513 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 514 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 515 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 516 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 517 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 518 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 519 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 520 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 521 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 522 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 523 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 524 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 525 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 526 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 527 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 528 noted by John Beck. 529 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 530 if queue groups are used. 531 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 532 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 533 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 534 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 535 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 536 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 537 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 538 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 539 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 540 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 541 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 542 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 543 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 544 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 545 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 546 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 547 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 548 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 549 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 550 ldap_memfree(). 551 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 552 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 553 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 554 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 555 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 556 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 557 San Francisco. 558 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 559 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 560 Joe Barbish. 561 New Files: 562 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 563 5648.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 565 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 566 at startup, only log an error message. 567 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 568 following -b) has been specified. 569 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 570 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 571 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 572 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 573 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 574 Regensburg. 575 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 576 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 577 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 578 Institute of Mining and Technology. 579 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 580 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 581 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 582 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 583 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 584 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 585 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 586 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 587 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 588 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 589 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 590 SMTP connections. 591 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 592 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 593 and Technology. 594 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 595 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 596 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 597 Meteorological Institute. 598 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 599 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 600 Online. 601 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 602 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 603 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 604 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 605 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 606 types, respectively. 607 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 608 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 609 of Virginia Tech. 610 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 611 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 612 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 613 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 614 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 615 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 616 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 617 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 618 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 619 of Vienna. 620 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 621 of Sun Microsystems. 622 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 623 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 624 with servers that do not support realms when using 625 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 626 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 627 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 628 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 629 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 630 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 631 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 632 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 633 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 634 instead of forcing localhost. 635 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 636 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 637 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 638 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 639 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 640 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 641 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 642 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 643 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 644 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 645 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 646 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 647 Compaq Computer Corp. 648 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 649 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 650 Tech. 651 Portability: 652 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 653 patch provided by HP. 654 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 655 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 656 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 657 Sachin of Siemens. 658 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 659 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 660 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 661 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 662 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 663 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 664 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 665 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 666 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 667 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 668 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 669 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 670 Hewlett-Packard. 671 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 672 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 673 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 674 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 675 Virginia Tech. 676 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 677 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 678 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 679 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 680 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 681 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 682 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 683 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 684 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 685 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 686 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 687 Florida. 688 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 689 Altin Waldmann. 690 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 691 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 692 Hewlett-Packard. 693 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 694 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 695 of MSFU. 696 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 697 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 698 Institute. 699 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 700 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 701 to free memory twice. 702 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 703 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 704 of Sun Microsystems. 705 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 706 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 707 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 708 University of Athens. 709 New Files: 710 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 711 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 712 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 713 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 714 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 715 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 716 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 717 libsm/mpeix.c 718 7198.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 720 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 721 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 722 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 723 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 724 found by Michal Zalewski. 725 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 726 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 727 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 728 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 729 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 730 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 731 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 732 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 733 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 734 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 735 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 736 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 737 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 738 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 739 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 740 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 741 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 742 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 743 canonical name for a host. 744 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 745 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 746 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 747 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 748 Portability: 749 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 750 `uname` does not given complete information. 751 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 752 Aircraft Company. 753 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 754 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 755 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 756 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 757 Courtesan Consulting. 758 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 759 problems with potential misconfigurations. 760 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 761 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 762 Technology Organisation of Australia. 763 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 764 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 765 then use it. 766 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 767 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 768 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 769 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 770 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 771 and vacation. 772 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 773 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 774 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 775 New Files: 776 test/Build 777 test/Makefile 778 test/Makefile.m4 779 test/README 780 test/t_dropgid.c 781 test/t_setgid.c 782 Deleted Files: 783 include/sm/stdio.h 784 include/sm/sysstat.h 785 7868.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 787 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 788 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 789 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 790 default). The installation process tries to install 791 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 792 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 793 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 794 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 795 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 796 flags: 797 GroupWritableForwardFile 798 WorldWritableForwardFile 799 GroupWritableIncludeFile 800 WorldWritableIncludeFile 801 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 802 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 803 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 804 (IdS). 805 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 806 point where the variable could become overused for more than 807 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 808 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 809 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 810 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 811 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 812 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 813 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 814 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 815 see sendmail/SECURITY. 816 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 817 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 818 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 819 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 820 sendmail/SECURITY. 821 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 822 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 823 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 824 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 825 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 826 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 827 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 828 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 829 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 830 command has been removed. 831 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 832 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 833 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 834 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 835 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 836 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 837 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 838 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 839 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 840 supported. 841 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 842 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 843 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 844 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 845 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 846 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 847 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 848 creation rather than just before delivery. 849 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 850 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 851 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 852 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 853 preference matches (coattail). 854 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 855 try other MX hosts if available. 856 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 857 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 858 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 859 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 860 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 861 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 862 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 863 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 864 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 865 removed in future versions. 866 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 867 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 868 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 869 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 870 doc/op/op.me for details. 871 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 872 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 873 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 874 of the presented certificate, respectively. 875 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 876 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 877 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 878 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 879 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 880 enough on a per recipient basis. 881 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 882 for STARTTLS. 883 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 884 value "NOT". 885 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 886 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 887 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 888 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 889 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 890 really required. This change results in a noticable 891 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 892 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 893 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 894 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 895 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 896 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 897 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 898 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 899 command line, then the value also limits the number of 900 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 901 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 902 by a queue run. 903 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 904 system each queue directory resides in. 905 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 906 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 907 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 908 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 909 collected together) to process the same work list at the 910 same time. 911 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 912 active queue runner processes. 913 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 914 runners per queue group. 915 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 916 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 917 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 918 of the queue that match during processing. 919 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 920 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 921 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 922 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 923 persistent queue runner. 924 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 925 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 926 sendmail -q15m). 927 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 928 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 929 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 930 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 931 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 932 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 933 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 934 of the qf file (older entries first). 935 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 936 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 937 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 938 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 939 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 940 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 941 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 942 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 943 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 944 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 945 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 946 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 947 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 948 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 949 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 950 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 951 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 952 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 953 details. 954 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 955 the number of entries in the queue(s). 956 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 957 and the usual documentation for details. 958 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 959 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 960 announced in 8.10. 961 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 962 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 963 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 964 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 965 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 966 -r (number of retries). 967 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 968 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 969 and value separated by the given separator. 970 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 971 to map class arith. 972 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 973 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 974 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 975 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 976 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 977 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 978 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 979 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 980 filenames with spaces). 981 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 982 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 983 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 984 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 985 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 986 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 987 to the loopback net. 988 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 989 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 990 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 991 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 992 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 993 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 994 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 995 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 996 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 997 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 998 Development Group. 999 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1000 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1001 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1002 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1003 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1004 load average is exceeded. 1005 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1006 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1007 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1008 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1009 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1010 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1011 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1012 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1013 instead. 1014 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1015 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1016 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1017 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1018 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1019 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1020 for direct (command line) submissions. 1021 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1022 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1023 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1024 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1025 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1026 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1027 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1028 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1029 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1030 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1031 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1032 before logging. 1033 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1034 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1035 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1036 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1037 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1038 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1039 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1040 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1041 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1042 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1043 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1044 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1045 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1046 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1047 See libsm/index.html for details. 1048 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1049 care of by fork() and exit(). 1050 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1051 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1052 new and old (from new libsm). 1053 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1054 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1055 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1056 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1057 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1058 synchronizations calls. 1059 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1060 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1061 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1062 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1063 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1064 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1065 for details. 1066 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1067 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1068 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1069 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1070 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1071 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1072 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1073 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1074 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1075 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1076 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1077 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1078 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1079 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1080 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1081 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1082 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1083 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1084 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1085 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1086 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1087 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1088 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1089 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1090 Urbana-Champaign. 1091 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1092 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1093 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1094 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1095 connections. 1096 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1097 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1098 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1099 cf/README. 1100 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1101 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1102 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1103 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1104 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1105 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1106 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1107 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1108 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1109 example). 1110 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1111 the default schema used in the above two items. 1112 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1113 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1114 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1115 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1116 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1117 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1118 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1119 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1120 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1121 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1122 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1123 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1124 HELO/EHLO commands. 1125 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1126 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1127 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1128 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1129 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1130 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1131 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1132 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1133 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1134 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1135 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1136 (verbose) command line option. 1137 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1138 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1139 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1140 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1141 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1142 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1143 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1144 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1145 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1146 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1147 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1148 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1149 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1150 British Columbia. 1151 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1152 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1153 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1154 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1155 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1156 if required. 1157 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1158 class instead. 1159 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1160 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1161 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1162 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1163 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1164 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1165 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1166 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1167 Nelson of IBM. 1168 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1169 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1170 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1171 their defaults are: 1172 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1173 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1174 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1175 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1176 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1177 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1178 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1179 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1180 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1181 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1182 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1183 Meteorological Institute. 1184 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1185 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1186 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1187 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1188 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1189 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1190 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1191 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1192 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1193 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1194 See sendmail/README for further information. 1195 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1196 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1197 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1198 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1199 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1200 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1201 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1202 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1203 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1204 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1205 flora.ca. 1206 Portability: 1207 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1208 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1209 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1210 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1211 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1212 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1213 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1214 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1215 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1216 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1217 Solaris 8 and later. 1218 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1219 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1220 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1221 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1222 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1223 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1224 temporary lookup failures. 1225 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1226 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1227 or IP nets. 1228 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1229 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1230 to get through. 1231 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1232 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1233 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1234 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1235 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1236 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1237 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1238 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1239 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1240 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1241 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1242 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1243 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1244 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1245 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1246 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1247 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1248 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1249 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1250 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1251 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1252 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1253 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1254 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1255 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1256 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1257 cf/README for details. 1258 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1259 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1260 University of Maryland. 1261 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1262 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1263 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1264 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1265 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1266 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1267 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1268 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1269 Solving. 1270 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1271 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1272 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1273 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1274 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1275 immediately. 1276 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1277 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1278 See cf/README for details. 1279 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1280 temporary lookup failures. 1281 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1282 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1283 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1284 memory use. 1285 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1286 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1287 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1288 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1289 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1290 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1291 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1292 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1293 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1294 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1295 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1296 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1297 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1298 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1299 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1300 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1301 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1302 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1303 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1304 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1305 additional details. 1306 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1307 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1308 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1309 information. 1310 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1311 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1312 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1313 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1314 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1315 recipients as user unknown. 1316 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1317 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1318 section of cf/README for more information. 1319 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1320 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1321 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1322 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1323 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1324 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1325 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1326 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1327 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1328 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1329 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1330 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1331 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1332 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1333 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1334 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1335 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1336 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1337 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1338 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1339 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1340 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1341 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1342 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1343 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1344 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1345 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1346 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1347 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1348 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1349 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1350 doc/op/op.me for details. 1351 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1352 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1353 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1354 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1355 dequote map. 1356 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1357 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1358 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1359 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1360 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1361 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1362 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1363 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1364 This affects the access database as well as the 1365 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1366 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1367 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1368 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1369 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1370 Mississippi State University. 1371 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1372 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1373 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1374 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1375 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1376 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1377 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1378 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1379 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1380 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1381 systems which don't include cat directories. 1382 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1383 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1384 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1385 mailbox database type. 1386 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1387 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1388 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1389 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1390 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1391 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1392 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1393 instead of white space. 1394 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1395 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1396 Meteorological Institute. 1397 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1398 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1399 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1400 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1401 instead of syslog. 1402 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1403 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1404 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1405 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1406 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1407 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 1408 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 1409 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 1410 New Directories: 1411 libmilter/docs 1412 New Files: 1413 cf/cf/README 1414 cf/cf/submit.cf 1415 cf/cf/submit.mc 1416 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 1417 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 1418 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 1419 cf/feature/msp.m4 1420 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 1421 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 1422 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 1423 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 1424 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 1425 cf/sendmail.schema 1426 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 1427 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 1428 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 1429 editmap/* 1430 include/sm/* 1431 libsm/* 1432 libsmutil/cf.c 1433 libsmutil/err.c 1434 sendmail/SECURITY 1435 sendmail/TUNING 1436 sendmail/bf.c 1437 sendmail/bf.h 1438 sendmail/sasl.c 1439 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 1440 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 1441 sendmail/tls.c 1442 Deleted Files: 1443 cf/feature/rbl.m4 1444 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 1445 devtools/OS/AIX.2 1446 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1447 include/sendmail/errstring.h 1448 include/sendmail/useful.h 1449 libsmutil/errstring.c 1450 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1451 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1452 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1453 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1454 sendmail/clock.c 1455 Renamed Files: 1456 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 1457 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 1458 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 1459 14608.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 1461 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 1462 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 1463 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 1464 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 1465 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 1466 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 1467 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 1468 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 1469 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 1470 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 1471 Werner Wiethege. 1472 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 1473 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 1474 14758.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 1476 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 1477 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 1478 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 1479 of SE Netway Communications. 1480 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 1481 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1482 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 1483 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 1484 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 1485 Bosserman of EarthLink. 1486 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 1487 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 1488 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 1489 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 1490 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 1491 University College. 1492 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 1493 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 1494 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 1495 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 1496 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 1497 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 1498 University at Albany. 1499 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 1500 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1501 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 1502 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 1503 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 1504 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 1505 Portability: 1506 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 1507 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1508 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 1509 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 1510 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 1511 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 1512 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 1513 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 1514 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 1515 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 1516 15178.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 1518 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 1519 corruption and other potential race conditions. 1520 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 1521 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 1522 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 1523 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 1524 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 1525 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 1526 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 1527 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 1528 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 1529 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 1530 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 1531 from Kenji Miyake. 1532 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 1533 QueueDirectory wildcards. 1534 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 1535 the same map again while exiting. 1536 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 1537 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 1538 of Tuebingen. 1539 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 1540 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 1541 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 1542 Oklahoma State University. 1543 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 1544 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 1545 InTouch Systems, Inc. 1546 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 1547 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 1548 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 1549 Morgan Stanley. 1550 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 1551 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 1552 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1553 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 1554 from Werner Wiethege. 1555 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 1556 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 1557 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 1558 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 1559 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1560 Internet Services. 1561 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 1562 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1563 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 1564 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1565 Portability: 1566 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 1567 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 1568 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 1569 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 1570 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 1571 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1572 Meteorological Institute. 1573 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 1574 since it generates random process ids. 1575 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 1576 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 1577 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1578 New Files: 1579 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 1580 15818.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 1582 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 1583 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 1584 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1585 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1586 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 1587 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 1588 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 1589 communications consulting gmbh. 1590 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1591 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1592 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 1593 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 1594 connection came in from the command line. 1595 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 1596 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 1597 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1598 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 1599 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 1600 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 1601 when they were committed. 1602 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 1603 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 1604 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 1605 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 1606 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 1607 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 1608 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 1609 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1610 University. 1611 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 1612 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 1613 accept() completes. 1614 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 1615 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 1616 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 1617 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 1618 Wellcome. 1619 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 1620 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 1621 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 1622 University. 1623 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 1624 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 1625 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 1626 University of New Brunswick. 1627 Portability: 1628 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 1629 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 1630 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 1631 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1632 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1633 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 1634 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 1635 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1636 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 1637 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 1638 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 1639 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 1640 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 1641 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 1642 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 1643 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 1644 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 1645 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 1646 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1647 Institute. 1648 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 1649 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 1650 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1651 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 1652 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 1653 Renamed Files: 1654 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 1655 16568.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 1657 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 1658 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 1659 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 1660 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1661 Schools" project (IdS). 1662 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 1663 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 1664 be enabled by compiling with: 1665 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 1666 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 1667 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1668 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 1669 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 1670 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 1671 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 1672 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 1673 Colby College. 1674 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 1675 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 1676 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 1677 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 1678 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 1679 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 1680 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 1681 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 1682 NxNetworks, Inc. 1683 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 1684 client name. 1685 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 1686 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 1687 the Universitat Regensburg. 1688 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 1689 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 1690 University of Arizona. 1691 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 1692 of Collective Technologies. 1693 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 1694 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 1695 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 1696 Engineering. 1697 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 1698 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1699 Meteorological Institute. 1700 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 1701 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1702 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1703 Meteorological Institute. 1704 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 1705 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 1706 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 1707 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1708 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 1709 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 1710 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 1711 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 1712 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 1713 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1714 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 1715 overall connections, not the number of connections per 1716 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 1717 counting. 1718 Portability: 1719 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 1720 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 1721 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 1722 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 1723 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 1724 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 1725 Rosenman. 1726 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 1727 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1728 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 1729 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 1730 of Pacific Access. 1731 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 1732 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1733 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 1734 Microsystems. 1735 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 1736 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 1737 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1738 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 1739 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 1740 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 1741 implicitly assume canonical host names. 1742 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 1743 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1744 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 1745 Virginia Tech. 1746 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 1747 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 1748 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1749 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 1750 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 1751 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 1752 gmbh. 1753 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 1754 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1755 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 1756 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 1757 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 1758 of Kyoto University. 1759 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 1760 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 1761 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 1762 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 1763 version. 1764 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 1765 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1766 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1767 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 1768 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 1769 or *-owner. 1770 New Files: 1771 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 1772 contrib/buildvirtuser 1773 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 1774 17758.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 1776 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 1777 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1778 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 1779 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 1780 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 1781 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 1782 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1783 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 1784 wildcards. 1785 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 1786 process may close the connection before the child process 1787 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 1788 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 1789 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 1790 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 1791 read the LDAP secret from a file. 1792 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 1793 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 1794 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 1795 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1796 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 1797 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 1798 of EarthLink. 1799 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 1800 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 1801 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 1802 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1803 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 1804 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1805 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 1806 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 1807 Fournier of Acadia University. 1808 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 1809 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 1810 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 1811 one of the others may be able to take over. 1812 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 1813 previous load average query result. 1814 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 1815 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 1816 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 1817 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1818 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 1819 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 1820 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 1821 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 1822 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1823 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 1824 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 1825 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 1826 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 1827 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 1828 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 1829 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 1830 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 1831 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 1832 University of British Columbia. 1833 Portability: 1834 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 1835 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 1836 override the setting. Suggested by 1837 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 1838 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 1839 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 1840 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 1841 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 1842 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 1843 College. 1844 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 1845 Tom Moore of NCR. 1846 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 1847 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 1848 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 1849 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 1850 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1851 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 1852 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 1853 Consulting. 1854 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 1855 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 1856 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 1857 errors in the MAIL address. 1858 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 1859 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 1860 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 1861 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1862 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 1863 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 1864 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 1865 Ericsson. 1866 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 1867 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 1868 mailer as described in cf/README. 1869 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 1870 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 1871 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 1872 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 1873 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 1874 sendmail. 1875 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1876 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1877 Meteorological Institute. 1878 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 1879 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 1880 dot as the only character on the line. 1881 New Files: 1882 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 1883 18848.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 1885 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 1886 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 1887 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 1888 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 1889 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 1890 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 1891 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1892 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 1893 it populates. It is possible that some broken 1894 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 1895 Systems in this category should compile with 1896 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 1897 system and report broken implementations to 1898 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 1899 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 1900 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 1901 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 1902 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 1903 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 1904 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 1905 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 1906 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1907 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 1908 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 1909 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 1910 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 1911 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 1912 random data. 1913 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 1914 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 1915 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 1916 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 1917 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 1918 Martin of CMU. 1919 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 1920 strength factor. 1921 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 1922 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 1923 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 1924 of CMU. 1925 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 1926 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 1927 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 1928 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 1929 documented, unless a family is specified in a 1930 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 1931 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 1932 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 1933 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 1934 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 1935 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 1936 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 1937 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 1938 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 1939 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 1940 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 1941 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1942 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 1943 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 1944 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 1945 of Sun Microsystems. 1946 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 1947 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 1948 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 1949 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 1950 the incoming information in the queue file for later 1951 delivery attempts. 1952 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 1953 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 1954 smoe.org. 1955 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 1956 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 1957 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1958 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 1959 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 1960 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 1961 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 1962 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 1963 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1964 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 1965 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 1966 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1967 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 1968 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 1969 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 1970 of Northern Illinois University. 1971 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 1972 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1973 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 1974 to kilobyte units. 1975 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 1976 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 1977 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 1978 Polytechnic. 1979 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 1980 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 1981 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 1982 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1983 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 1984 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 1985 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1986 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 1987 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1988 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 1989 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 1990 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 1991 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 1992 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 1993 G. Thomas Consulting. 1994 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 1995 port number (113). 1996 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 1997 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1998 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 1999 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2000 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2001 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2002 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2003 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2004 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2005 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2006 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2007 University of Mainz. 2008 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2009 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2010 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2011 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2012 Portability: 2013 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2014 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2015 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2016 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2017 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2018 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2019 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2020 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2021 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2022 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2023 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2024 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2025 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2026 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2027 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2028 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2029 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2030 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2031 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2032 confCACERT CACERTFile 2033 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2034 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2035 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2036 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2037 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2038 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2039 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2040 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2041 cf/README for more information. 2042 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2043 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2044 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2045 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2046 instead of temporary. 2047 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2048 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2049 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2050 Consulting. 2051 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2052 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2053 RootsWeb.com. 2054 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2055 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2056 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2057 University of Maryland. 2058 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2059 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2060 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2061 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2062 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2063 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2064 of the University of Alberta. 2065 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2066 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2067 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2068 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2069 of X.509 certificates. 2070 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2071 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2072 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2073 Universitat Regensburg. 2074 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2075 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2076 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2077 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2078 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2079 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2080 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2081 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2082 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2083 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2084 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2085 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2086 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2087 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2088 University. 2089 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2090 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2091 links. 2092 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2093 reported. 2094 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2095 Denman Tire Corporation. 2096 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2097 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2098 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2099 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2100 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2101 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2102 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2103 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2104 have a From line. 2105 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2106 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2107 Added Files: 2108 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2109 contrib/cidrexpand 2110 contrib/link_hash.sh 2111 contrib/movemail.conf 2112 contrib/movemail.pl 2113 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2114 test/t_snprintf.c 2115 21168.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2117 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2118 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2119 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2120 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2121 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2122 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2123 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2124 Added Files: 2125 test/t_setuid.c 2126 21278.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2128 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2129 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2130 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2131 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2132 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2133 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2134 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2135 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2136 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2137 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2138 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2139 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2140 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2141 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2142 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2143 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2144 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2145 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2146 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2147 or higher. 2148 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2149 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2150 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2151 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2152 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2153 Polytechnic Institute. 2154 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2155 discards the message. 2156 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2157 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2158 attempted to the alias. 2159 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2160 flag options. 2161 Portability: 2162 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2163 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2164 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2165 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2166 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2167 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2168 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2169 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2170 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2171 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2172 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2173 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2174 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2175 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2176 Services, LLC. 2177 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2178 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2179 Courtesan Consulting. 2180 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2181 Siemens Business Services. 2182 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2183 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2184 of WSRCC. 2185 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2186 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2187 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2188 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2189 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2190 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2191 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2192 of NEC. 2193 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2194 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2195 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2196 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2197 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2198 Virginia Tech. 2199 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2200 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2201 University. 2202 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2203 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2204 release. 2205 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2206 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2207 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2208 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2209 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2210 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2211 Sendmail. 2212 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2213 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2214 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2215 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2216 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2217 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2218 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2219 Northern Illinois University. 2220 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2221 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2222 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2223 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2224 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2225 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2226 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2227 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2228 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2229 Added Files: 2230 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2231 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2232 Deleted Files: 2233 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2234 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2235 doc/intro 2236 doc/usenix 2237 doc/changes 2238 22398.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2240 ************************************************************* 2241 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2242 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2243 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2244 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2245 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2246 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2247 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2248 * coach, and a friend. * 2249 * * 2250 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2251 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2252 * Julie, we miss you! * 2253 ************************************************************* 2254 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2255 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2256 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2257 symbolic link target. 2258 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2259 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2260 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2261 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2262 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2263 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2264 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2265 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2266 version of sendmail. 2267 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2268 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2269 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2270 (IdS). 2271 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2272 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2273 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2274 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2275 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2276 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2277 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2278 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2279 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2280 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2281 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 2282 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2283 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2284 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2285 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2286 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2287 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2288 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2289 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2290 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2291 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2292 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2293 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2294 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2295 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2296 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2297 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2298 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2299 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2300 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2301 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2302 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2303 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2304 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2305 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2306 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2307 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2308 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2309 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2310 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2311 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2312 accordingly. 2313 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2314 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2315 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2316 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2317 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2318 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2319 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2320 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2321 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2322 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2323 InCert Software. 2324 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2325 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2326 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2327 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2328 a control socket request. 2329 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2330 settings: 2331 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2332 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2333 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2334 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2335 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2336 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2337 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2338 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2339 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2340 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2341 delivery attempt. 2342 Timeout.resolver.retry 2343 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2344 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2345 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2346 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2347 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2348 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2349 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 2350 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2351 query for all resolver lookups except the first 2352 delivery attempt. 2353 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2354 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 2355 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 2356 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 2357 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 2358 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 2359 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 2360 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 2361 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 2362 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 2363 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2364 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 2365 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 2366 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 2367 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 2368 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 2369 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 2370 Telecommunications Ltd. 2371 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 2372 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 2373 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 2374 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 2375 Inc. 2376 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 2377 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 2378 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2379 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 2380 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2381 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 2382 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 2383 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2384 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 2385 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 2386 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 2387 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 2388 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 2389 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 2390 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 2391 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 2392 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2393 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 2394 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 2395 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 2396 Ltd. 2397 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 2398 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 2399 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 2400 example mailer might be: 2401 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 2402 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 2403 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 2404 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2405 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 2406 instead. 2407 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 2408 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 2409 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 2410 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 2411 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 2412 flags. 2413 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 2414 body of the original message on delivery status 2415 notifications. 2416 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 2417 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2418 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 2419 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 2420 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2421 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 2422 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 2423 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2424 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 2425 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 2426 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 2427 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2428 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 2429 Conwell of Boston University. 2430 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 2431 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2432 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 2433 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 2434 @Home Network. 2435 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 2436 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 2437 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 2438 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 2439 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 2440 similar to check_rcpt etc. 2441 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 2442 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 2443 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 2444 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 2445 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2446 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 2447 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 2448 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2449 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 2450 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 2451 Mathias Herberts. 2452 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 2453 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 2454 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 2455 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 2456 in check_compat). 2457 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 2458 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 2459 option. 2460 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 2461 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 2462 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2463 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 2464 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 2465 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 2466 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 2467 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2468 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 2469 is set. 2470 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 2471 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 2472 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 2473 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 2474 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 2475 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 2476 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 2477 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 2478 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 2479 a denial-of-service attack. 2480 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 2481 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 2482 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 2483 overflow attacks. 2484 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 2485 alias recursion. 2486 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 2487 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 2488 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 2489 directly before the newline. 2490 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 2491 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 2492 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 2493 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 2494 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 2495 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 2496 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 2497 could not be opened. 2498 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 2499 value of this option is macro expanded. 2500 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 2501 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 2502 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 2503 (along with the already existing macros): 2504 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 2505 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 2506 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 2507 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 2508 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 2509 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 2510 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 2511 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 2512 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 2513 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 2514 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 2515 loopback net. 2516 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 2517 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 2518 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 2519 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 2520 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 2521 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 2522 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2523 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 2524 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 2525 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 2526 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 2527 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2528 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 2529 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 2530 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 2531 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 2532 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 2533 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2534 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 2535 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 2536 Ericsson. 2537 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 2538 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 2539 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 2540 of Ericsson. 2541 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 2542 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 2543 of Renaissance Internet Services. 2544 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 2545 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 2546 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 2547 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 2548 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 2549 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 2550 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 2551 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 2552 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 2553 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 2554 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 2555 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 2556 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 2557 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2558 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 2559 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 2560 equate name. 2561 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 2562 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 2563 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 2564 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 2565 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 2566 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 2567 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 2568 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 2569 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 2570 David Cooley of Colby College. 2571 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 2572 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 2573 already decided the message will be passed to another host 2574 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 2575 Buckeridge Young Limited. 2576 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 2577 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 2578 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 2579 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 2580 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 2581 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 2582 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 2583 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 2584 of Stanford University. 2585 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 2586 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 2587 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 2588 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 2589 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 2590 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 2591 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 2592 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2593 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 2594 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 2595 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 2596 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 2597 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 2598 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 2599 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 2600 attributes found in the match will be returned. 2601 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 2602 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 2603 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 2604 comma separated key and value strings. 2605 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 2606 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 2607 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 2608 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 2609 a single connection to that host. 2610 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 2611 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 2612 LDAP lookups. 2613 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 2614 resources. 2615 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 2616 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 2617 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 2618 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 2619 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 2620 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 2621 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 2622 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 2623 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 2624 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 2625 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 2626 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 2627 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 2628 with the name "*". 2629 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 2630 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 2631 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 2632 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 2633 matches to return. 2634 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 2635 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 2636 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 2637 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 2638 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 2639 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 2640 are defined. 2641 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 2642 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 2643 Tech. 2644 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 2645 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 2646 important if you have large classes. 2647 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 2648 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 2649 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2650 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 2651 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 2652 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 2653 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 2654 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 2655 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 2656 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 2657 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 2658 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 2659 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 2660 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 2661 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 2662 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 2663 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 2664 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 2665 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 2666 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 2667 determined). For single processor machines, this change 2668 has no effect. 2669 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 2670 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2671 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 2672 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2673 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 2674 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 2675 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 2676 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 2677 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 2678 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 2679 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 2680 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 2681 connection-based denial of service attacks. 2682 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 2683 10 or higher. 2684 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 2685 information (from= syslog line). 2686 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 2687 equate (dsn=). 2688 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 2689 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 2690 information is available at 2691 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 2692 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2693 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 2694 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2695 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2696 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 2697 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2698 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 2699 the program as the default user and the default group, not 2700 the forward file user. This change also assures the 2701 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 2702 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 2703 Popovici of DNT Romania. 2704 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 2705 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 2706 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 2707 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 2708 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 2709 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 2710 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 2711 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 2712 helpful to know the sender of the message. 2713 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 2714 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2715 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 2716 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 2717 multiple files. 2718 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 2719 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 2720 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 2721 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 2722 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 2723 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 2724 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 2725 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 2726 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 2727 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 2728 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 2729 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 2730 length before the attempt. 2731 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 2732 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 2733 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 2734 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 2735 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 2736 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 2737 host status files, not all files. 2738 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 2739 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 2740 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 2741 Wonderworks Inc. 2742 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 2743 macro map class. This can be used to store information 2744 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 2745 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 2746 of Hannover. 2747 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 2748 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 2749 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 2750 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 2751 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 2752 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 2753 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 2754 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 2755 flag: 2756 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 2757 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 2758 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 2759 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 2760 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 2761 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 2762 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 2763 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 2764 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 2765 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 2766 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 2767 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 2768 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 2769 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2770 version. 2771 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 2772 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 2773 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 2774 if referencing a named ruleset. 2775 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 2776 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 2777 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 2778 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 2779 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 2780 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 2781 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 2782 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 2783 the University of Maryland. 2784 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 2785 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 2786 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 2787 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 2788 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 2789 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 2790 COMMANDS). 2791 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 2792 but for outgoing connections. 2793 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 2794 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 2795 a require authentication 2796 b bind to interface through which mail has 2797 been received 2798 c perform hostname canonification 2799 f require fully qualified hostname 2800 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 2801 command 2802 C don't perform hostname canonification 2803 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 2804 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 2805 h use name of interface for HELO command 2806 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 2807 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 2808 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 2809 Institutes of Health. 2810 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 2811 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2812 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 2813 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 2814 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2815 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 2816 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 2817 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 2818 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 2819 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 2820 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 2821 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 2822 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2823 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 2824 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 2825 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 2826 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 2827 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 2828 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 2829 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 2830 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 2831 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 2832 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 2833 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 2834 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2835 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 2836 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 2837 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 2838 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 2839 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 2840 timeout. 2841 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 2842 interface address structure when loading the system network 2843 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 2844 Nanoteq. 2845 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 2846 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 2847 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 2848 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 2849 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 2850 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 2851 on load average. 2852 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2853 Northern Illinois University. 2854 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 2855 envelope splitting has occurred. 2856 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 2857 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 2858 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 2859 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 2860 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 2861 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2862 Institute. 2863 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 2864 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 2865 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 2866 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 2867 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 2868 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 2869 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2870 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 2871 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2872 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 2873 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2874 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 2875 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 2876 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 2877 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2878 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 2879 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 2880 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 2881 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2882 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 2883 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 2884 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 2885 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2886 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 2887 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 2888 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2889 University. 2890 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 2891 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 2892 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 2893 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 2894 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 2895 ruleset lines as well. 2896 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 2897 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 2898 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 2899 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2900 Institute. 2901 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 2902 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 2903 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 2904 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 2905 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 2906 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 2907 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 2908 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 2909 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 2910 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 2911 of Ericsson. 2912 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 2913 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 2914 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 2915 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2916 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 2917 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 2918 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 2919 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 2920 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 2921 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 2922 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 2923 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 2924 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 2925 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 2926 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 2927 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 2928 University. 2929 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 2930 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 2931 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 2932 'sendmail -bs'. 2933 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 2934 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 2935 them in the .cf file. 2936 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 2937 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 2938 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 2939 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 2940 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 2941 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 2942 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 2943 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 2944 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2945 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 2946 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 2947 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 2948 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 2949 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2950 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 2951 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 2952 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 2953 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 2954 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 2955 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 2956 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 2957 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 2958 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 2959 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 2960 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 2961 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 2962 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2963 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 2964 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 2965 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 2966 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2967 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 2968 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 2969 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 2970 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 2971 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 2972 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2973 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 2974 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 2975 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 2976 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 2977 don't fail on ANY queries. 2978 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 2979 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 2980 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2981 Northern Illinois University. 2982 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 2983 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 2984 State University. 2985 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 2986 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 2987 Northern Illinois University. 2988 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 2989 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 2990 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 2991 Portability: 2992 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 2993 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 2994 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 2995 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 2996 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2997 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 2998 This allows network interface probing to work 2999 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3000 University of Iowa. 3001 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3002 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3003 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3004 name. 3005 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3006 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3007 Virginia Tech. 3008 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3009 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3010 Amsterdam. 3011 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3012 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3013 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3014 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3015 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3016 in building the operating system. Users can 3017 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3018 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3019 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3020 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3021 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3022 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3023 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3024 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3025 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3026 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3027 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3028 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3029 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3030 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3031 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3032 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3033 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3034 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3035 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3036 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3037 use that value in conf.h. 3038 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3039 BITart Consulting. 3040 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3041 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3042 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3043 Computer, Inc. 3044 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3045 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3046 of E I A. 3047 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3048 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3049 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3050 fchown(2). 3051 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3052 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3053 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3054 srandomdev(3). 3055 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3056 setlogin(2). 3057 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3058 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3059 Siemens Business Services. 3060 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3061 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3062 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3063 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3064 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3065 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3066 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3067 Aerospace. 3068 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3069 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3070 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3071 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3072 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3073 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3074 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3075 University. 3076 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3077 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3078 Technology Information Network. 3079 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3080 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3081 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3082 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3083 and OpenBSD. 3084 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3085 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3086 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3087 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3088 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3089 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3090 details. 3091 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3092 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3093 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3094 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3095 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3096 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3097 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3098 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3099 Courtesan Consulting. 3100 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3101 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3102 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3103 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3104 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3105 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3106 multiple times. 3107 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3108 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3109 with From:). 3110 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3111 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3112 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3113 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3114 new functionality. 3115 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3116 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3117 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3118 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3119 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3120 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3121 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3122 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3123 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3124 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3125 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3126 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3127 confPID_FILE PidFile 3128 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3129 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3130 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3131 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3132 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3133 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3134 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3135 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3136 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3137 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3138 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3139 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3140 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3141 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3142 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3143 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3144 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3145 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3146 to "IPC $h". 3147 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3148 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3149 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3150 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3151 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3152 value should be changed with care. 3153 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3154 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3155 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3156 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3157 complain. 3158 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3159 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3160 of Q7 Enterprises. 3161 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3162 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3163 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3164 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3165 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3166 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3167 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3168 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3169 of Northern Illinois University. 3170 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3171 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3172 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3173 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3174 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3175 in it. 3176 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3177 in class 'P' ($=P). 3178 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3179 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3180 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3181 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3182 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3183 is added. 3184 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3185 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3186 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3187 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3188 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3189 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3190 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3191 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3192 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3193 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3194 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3195 Hubert of University of Washington. 3196 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3197 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3198 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3199 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3200 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3201 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3202 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3203 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3204 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3205 Services. 3206 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3207 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3208 Aerospace. 3209 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3210 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3211 University and Brian Candler. 3212 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3213 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3214 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3215 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3216 Institute. 3217 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3218 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3219 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3220 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3221 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3222 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3223 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3224 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3225 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3226 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3227 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3228 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3229 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3230 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3231 converted to <user@d> 3232 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3233 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3234 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3235 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3236 performed. 3237 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3238 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3239 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3240 Institute. 3241 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3242 be accessed by their numbers). 3243 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3244 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3245 of an address. 3246 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3247 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3248 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3249 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3250 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3251 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3252 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3253 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3254 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3255 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3256 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3257 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3258 Institute. 3259 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3260 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3261 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3262 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3263 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3264 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3265 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3266 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3267 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3268 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3269 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3270 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3271 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3272 University of California at Berkeley. 3273 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3274 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3275 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3276 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3277 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3278 Corporation UK. 3279 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3280 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3281 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3282 Yale University. 3283 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3284 be used for building. 3285 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3286 used for a fresh build. 3287 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3288 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3289 ranlib. 3290 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3291 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3292 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3293 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3294 Costales. 3295 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3296 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3297 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3298 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3299 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3300 of Siemens Business Services. 3301 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3302 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3303 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3304 torek. 3305 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3306 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3307 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3308 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3309 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3310 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3311 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3312 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3313 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3314 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3315 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3316 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3317 are in devtools/README. 3318 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3319 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3320 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3321 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3322 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3323 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3324 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3325 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3326 macro. 3327 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3328 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3329 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3330 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3331 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3332 Corporation. 3333 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3334 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3335 confMANROOTMAN. 3336 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3337 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3338 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3339 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3340 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3341 Communications. 3342 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3343 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3344 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3345 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3346 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3347 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 3348 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 3349 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 3350 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 3351 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 3352 install-strip target. 3353 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 3354 the others (if it exists). 3355 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 3356 then the default ones. 3357 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 3358 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 3359 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 3360 to set the S flag. 3361 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 3362 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 3363 Northern Illinois University. 3364 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 3365 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 3366 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3367 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 3368 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 3369 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3370 University. 3371 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 3372 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 3373 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3374 University. 3375 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 3376 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 3377 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 3378 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 3379 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 3380 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 3381 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3382 University. 3383 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 3384 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 3385 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3386 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 3387 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 3388 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 3389 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 3390 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 3391 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 3392 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 3393 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 3394 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 3395 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 3396 Alcatel Australia Limited. 3397 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 3398 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 3399 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3400 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 3401 timeout to avoid starvation. 3402 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 3403 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 3404 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3405 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3406 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 3407 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 3408 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 3409 of Maryland. 3410 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 3411 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 3412 sendmail configuration file. 3413 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 3414 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 3415 option. 3416 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 3417 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3418 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 3419 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 3420 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 3421 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 3422 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 3423 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 3424 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3425 Corporation UK. 3426 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 3427 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 3428 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 3429 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3430 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 3431 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 3432 Institute for Global Communications. 3433 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 3434 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 3435 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3436 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 3437 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 3438 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3439 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 3440 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 3441 of the Institute for Global Communications. 3442 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 3443 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 3444 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 3445 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 3446 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 3447 Changed Files: 3448 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 3449 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 3450 which execute the actual Build script in 3451 devtools/bin. 3452 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 3453 -mandoc as they were previously. 3454 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 3455 of Build will work (unless parameters are 3456 required for Build). 3457 New Directories: 3458 devtools/M4/UNIX 3459 include 3460 libmilter 3461 libsmdb 3462 libsmutil 3463 vacation 3464 Renamed Directories: 3465 BuildTools => devtools 3466 src => sendmail 3467 Deleted Files: 3468 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 3469 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 3470 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3471 devtools/OS/SINIX 3472 sendmail/ldap_map.h 3473 New Files: 3474 INSTALL 3475 PGPKEYS 3476 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 3477 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 3478 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 3479 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 3480 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 3481 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 3482 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 3483 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 3484 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 3485 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 3486 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 3487 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 3488 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 3489 contrib/domainmap.m4 3490 contrib/qtool.8 3491 contrib/qtool.pl 3492 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 3493 devtools/M4/list.m4 3494 devtools/M4/string.m4 3495 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 3496 devtools/M4/switch.m4 3497 devtools/OS/Darwin 3498 devtools/OS/GNU 3499 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 3500 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 3501 devtools/OS/m88k 3502 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 3503 mail.local/Makefile 3504 mailstats/Makefile 3505 makemap/Makefile 3506 praliases/Makefile 3507 rmail/Makefile 3508 sendmail/Makefile 3509 sendmail/bf.h 3510 sendmail/bf_portable.c 3511 sendmail/bf_portable.h 3512 sendmail/bf_torek.c 3513 sendmail/bf_torek.h 3514 sendmail/shmticklib.c 3515 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 3516 sendmail/timers.c 3517 sendmail/timers.h 3518 smrsh/Makefile 3519 vacation/Makefile 3520 Renamed Files: 3521 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 3522 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 3523 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 3524 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 3525 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 3526 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 3527 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 3528 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 3529 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 3530 Copied Files: 3531 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 3532 35338.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 3534 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 3535 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 3536 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 3537 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3538 Schools" project (IdS). 3539 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 3540 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 3541 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 3542 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3543 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 3544 when performing the MIME header length check. This 3545 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 3546 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 3547 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 3548 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 3549 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 3550 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3551 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 3552 ExecPC Internet Systems. 3553 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 3554 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 3555 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 3556 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 3557 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 3558 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 3559 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 3560 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 3561 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 3562 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3563 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 3564 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 3565 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 3566 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 3567 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 3568 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 3569 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 3570 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 3571 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 3572 group of the IETF. 3573 Portability: 3574 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 3575 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 3576 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 3577 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 3578 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 3579 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 3580 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 3581 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 3582 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 3583 Technical University of Denmark. 3584 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 3585 Supercomputer Center. 3586 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 3587 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 3588 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 3589 of Stanford University. 3590 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 3591 between different releases. Back out the 3592 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 3593 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 3594 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 3595 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 3596 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 3597 of Siemens/SNI. 3598 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3599 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 3600 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 3601 University of Brno. 3602 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 3603 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 3604 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3605 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 3606 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 3607 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3608 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 3609 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 3610 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 3611 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 3612 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3613 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 3614 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 3615 MIDS Europe. 3616 New Files: 3617 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 3618 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 3619 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 3620 36218.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 3622 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 3623 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 3624 for a denial of service attack. 3625 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 3626 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3627 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 3628 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3629 Corporation UK. 3630 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 3631 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 3632 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 3633 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 3634 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 3635 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 3636 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 3637 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 3638 Internet Services. 3639 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 3640 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 3641 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 3642 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 3643 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 3644 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 3645 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 3646 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 3647 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3648 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 3649 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 3650 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 3651 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 3652 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3653 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3654 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 3655 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 3656 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 3657 Internet Services. 3658 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 3659 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 3660 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 3661 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 3662 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 3663 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 3664 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 3665 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 3666 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 3667 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 3668 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 3669 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 3670 extended testing. 3671 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 3672 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 3673 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 3674 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 3675 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 3676 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3677 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 3678 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 3679 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 3680 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3681 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3682 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 3683 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 3684 Network. 3685 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 3686 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 3687 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 3688 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 3689 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 3690 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 3691 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3692 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 3693 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 3694 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 3695 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 3696 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 3697 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 3698 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 3699 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 3700 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 3701 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3702 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 3703 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3704 Meteorological Institute. 3705 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3706 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 3707 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 3708 Portability: 3709 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3710 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 3711 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 3712 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 3713 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 3714 reading network interface addresses into 3715 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 3716 Cal State University, Chico. 3717 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 3718 from changing the semantics of the compiled 3719 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 3720 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 3721 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 3722 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3723 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3724 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 3725 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 3726 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 3727 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 3728 of Sun Microsystems. 3729 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 3730 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3731 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 3732 of Bits Co., Ltd. 3733 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 3734 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3735 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 3736 of E I A. 3737 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 3738 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 3739 Information Center. 3740 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 3741 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3742 Institute. 3743 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 3744 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 3745 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 3746 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 3747 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3748 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 3749 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 3750 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 3751 Manawatu Internet Services. 3752 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 3753 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 3754 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 3755 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 3756 of Northern Illinois University. 3757 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 3758 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3759 Kiel. 3760 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 3761 Dot Com. 3762 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 3763 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 3764 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3765 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 3766 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 3767 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 3768 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3769 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 3770 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3771 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 3772 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 3773 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 3774 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3775 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 3776 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3777 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 3778 the envelope From header. 3779 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 3780 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 3781 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 3782 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 3783 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 3784 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 3785 Portal Services, Inc. 3786 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 3787 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 3788 Sun Microsystems. 3789 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 3790 New Files: 3791 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 3792 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 3793 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 3794 contrib/smcontrol.pl 3795 src/control.c 3796 37978.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 3798 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 3799 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 3800 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 3801 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 3802 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 3803 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 3804 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3805 Meteorological Institute. 3806 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 3807 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 3808 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3809 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 3810 installation commands. The man pages would still be 3811 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 3812 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3813 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 3814 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 3815 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 3816 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 3817 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 3818 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 3819 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 3820 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 3821 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 3822 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 3823 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 3824 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 3825 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 3826 Flextech TV. 3827 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 3828 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 3829 DaveLtd Enterprises. 3830 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 3831 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 3832 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 3833 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 3834 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 3835 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 3836 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 3837 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 3838 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 3839 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 3840 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 3841 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 3842 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 3843 University. 3844 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 3845 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 3846 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 3847 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 3848 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 3849 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 3850 Portability: 3851 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 3852 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 3853 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 3854 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 3855 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 3856 of BSDI. 3857 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 3858 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 3859 PICT Inc. 3860 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 3861 J. P. McCann of E I A. 3862 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 3863 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 3864 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 3865 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 3866 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 3867 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3868 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 3869 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 3870 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 3871 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 3872 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 3873 would not accept @@hostname. 3874 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 3875 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 3876 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 3877 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 3878 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3879 New Files: 3880 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 3881 38828.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 3883 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 3884 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 3885 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 3886 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 3887 which need the ability to override security can use the 3888 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 3889 information. 3890 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3891 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3892 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 3893 world writable directories. 3894 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 3895 it is in a world writable directory. 3896 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 3897 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 3898 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 3899 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3900 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3901 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 3902 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 3903 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3904 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 3905 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 3906 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 3907 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 3908 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 3909 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 3910 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 3911 default. 3912 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 3913 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 3914 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 3915 the University of Maryland. 3916 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 3917 of Cal State University, Chico. 3918 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 3919 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 3920 current version of Berkeley DB. 3921 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 3922 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3923 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 3924 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 3925 of Maryland. 3926 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 3927 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 3928 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 3929 Microsystems. 3930 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 3931 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 3932 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 3933 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 3934 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 3935 mail.local on the F=z flag. 3936 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 3937 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 3938 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 3939 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 3940 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 3941 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 3942 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 3943 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 3944 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 3945 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 3946 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 3947 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 3948 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3949 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 3950 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 3951 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 3952 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 3953 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 3954 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 3955 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 3956 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 3957 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 3958 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 3959 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 3960 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 3961 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 3962 relaying entirely. 3963 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 3964 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 3965 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 3966 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 3967 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 3968 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 3969 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 3970 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3971 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 3972 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 3973 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 3974 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 3975 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3976 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 3977 sender for those failures. 3978 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 3979 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 3980 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 3981 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 3982 of Ericsson. 3983 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 3984 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 3985 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3986 of Procter & Gamble. 3987 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 3988 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 3989 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 3990 of Procter & Gamble. 3991 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 3992 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 3993 of system security. This should only be used if you are 3994 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 3995 DontBlameSendmail options are: 3996 Safe 3997 AssumeSafeChown 3998 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 3999 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4000 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4001 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4002 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4003 GroupWritableAliasFile 4004 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4005 WorldWritableAliasFile 4006 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4007 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4008 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4009 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4010 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4011 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4012 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4013 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4014 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4015 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4016 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4017 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4018 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4019 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4020 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4021 WriteMapToHardLink 4022 WriteMapToSymLink 4023 WriteStatsToHardLink 4024 WriteStatsToSymLink 4025 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4026 RunWritableProgram 4027 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4028 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4029 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4030 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4031 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4032 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4033 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4034 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4035 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4036 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4037 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4038 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4039 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4040 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4041 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4042 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4043 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4044 contrast to the success case). 4045 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4046 of the form: 4047 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4048 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4049 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4050 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4051 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4052 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4053 headers. 4054 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4055 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4056 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4057 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4058 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4059 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4060 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4061 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4062 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4063 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4064 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4065 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4066 remote identity can be queried. 4067 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4068 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4069 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4070 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4071 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4072 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4073 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4074 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4075 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4076 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4077 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4078 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4079 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4080 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4081 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4082 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4083 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4084 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4085 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4086 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4087 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4088 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4089 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4090 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4091 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4092 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4093 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4094 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4095 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4096 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4097 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4098 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4099 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4100 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4101 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4102 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4103 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4104 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4105 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4106 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4107 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4108 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4109 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4110 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4111 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4112 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4113 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4114 Institute. 4115 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4116 mail.local. 4117 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4118 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4119 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4120 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4121 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4122 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4123 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4124 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4125 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4126 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4127 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4128 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4129 mailstats command. 4130 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4131 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4132 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4133 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4134 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4135 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4136 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4137 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4138 Ericsson. 4139 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4140 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4141 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4142 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4143 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4144 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4145 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4146 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4147 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4148 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4149 currently supported version. 4150 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4151 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4152 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4153 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4154 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4155 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4156 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4157 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4158 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4159 message in error bounces. 4160 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4161 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4162 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4163 Portability: 4164 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4165 of Kyoto University. 4166 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4167 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4168 Maryland. 4169 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4170 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4171 in Finland. 4172 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4173 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4174 the University of Maryland. 4175 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4176 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4177 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4178 Meteorological Institute. 4179 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4180 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4181 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4182 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4183 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4184 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4185 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4186 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4187 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4188 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4189 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4190 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4191 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4192 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4193 Microsystems. 4194 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4195 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4196 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4197 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4198 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4199 directory for certain programs. 4200 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4201 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4202 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4203 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4204 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4205 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4206 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4207 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4208 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4209 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4210 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4211 the user to setup different .forward files for 4212 user+detail addressing. 4213 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4214 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4215 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4216 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4217 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4218 outside your domain). 4219 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4220 any site to any site. 4221 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4222 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4223 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4224 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4225 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4226 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4227 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4228 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4229 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4230 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4231 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4232 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4233 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4234 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4235 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4236 host names only. 4237 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4238 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4239 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4240 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4241 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4242 needed for most installations. 4243 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4244 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4245 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4246 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4247 the University of Maryland. 4248 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4249 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4250 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4251 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4252 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4253 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4254 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4255 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4256 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4257 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4258 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4259 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4260 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4261 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4262 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4263 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4264 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4265 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4266 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4267 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4268 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4269 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4270 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4271 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4272 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4273 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4274 above for more information. 4275 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4276 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4277 Meteorological Institute. 4278 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4279 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4280 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4281 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4282 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4283 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4284 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4285 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4286 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4287 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4288 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4289 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4290 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4291 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4292 CMU (now of Netscape). 4293 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4294 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4295 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4296 read mail.local/README. 4297 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4298 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4299 University of Maryland. 4300 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4301 University, Chico. 4302 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4303 Meteorological Institute. 4304 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4305 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4306 University of Maryland. 4307 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4308 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4309 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4310 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4311 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4312 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4313 Braunschweig. 4314 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4315 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4316 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4317 Changed Files: 4318 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4319 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4320 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4321 New Files: 4322 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4323 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4324 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4325 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4326 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4327 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4328 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4329 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4330 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4331 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4332 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4333 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4334 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4335 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4336 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4337 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4338 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4339 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4340 BuildTools/README 4341 BuildTools/Site/README 4342 BuildTools/bin/Build 4343 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4344 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4345 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4346 Makefile 4347 cf/cf/Build 4348 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 4349 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 4350 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 4351 cf/feature/access_db.m4 4352 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 4353 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 4354 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 4355 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 4356 cf/feature/rbl.m4 4357 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 4358 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 4359 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 4360 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 4361 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 4362 contrib/doublebounce.pl 4363 mail.local/Build 4364 mail.local/Makefile.m4 4365 mail.local/README 4366 mailstats/Build 4367 mailstats/Makefile.m4 4368 makemap/Build 4369 makemap/Makefile.m4 4370 praliases/Build 4371 praliases/Makefile.m4 4372 rmail/Build 4373 rmail/Makefile.m4 4374 rmail/rmail.0 4375 smrsh/Build 4376 smrsh/Makefile.m4 4377 src/Build 4378 src/Makefile.m4 4379 src/snprintf.c 4380 Deleted Files: 4381 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 4382 mail.local/Makefile 4383 mail.local/Makefile.dist 4384 mailstats/Makefile 4385 mailstats/Makefile.dist 4386 makemap/Makefile 4387 makemap/Makefile.dist 4388 praliases/Makefile 4389 praliases/Makefile.dist 4390 rmail/Makefile 4391 smrsh/Makefile 4392 smrsh/Makefile.dist 4393 src/Makefile 4394 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 4395 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 4396 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 4397 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 4398 Renamed Files: 4399 READ_ME => README 4400 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 4401 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 4402 src/READ_ME => src/README 4403 44048.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 4405 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 4406 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4407 Meteorological Institute. 4408 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 4409 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 4410 Arseneault of SRI International. 4411 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 4412 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 4413 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4414 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 4415 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 4416 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 4417 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 4418 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 4419 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4420 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 4421 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 4422 River Systems. 4423 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 4424 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 4425 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 4426 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 4427 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4428 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 4429 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 4430 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 4431 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 4432 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 4433 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 4434 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 4435 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 4436 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4437 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4438 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 4439 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4440 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 4441 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 4442 results during a single message processing (but would 4443 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 4444 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 4445 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 4446 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4447 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4448 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 4449 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 4450 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4451 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4452 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 4453 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 4454 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 4455 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 4456 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 4457 and the inability to save a bounce message to 4458 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 4459 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 4460 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 4461 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 4462 Associates. 4463 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 4464 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 4465 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 4466 could cause confusing error messages. 4467 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 4468 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 4469 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 4470 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 4471 SuperNet, Inc. 4472 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 4473 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4474 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 4475 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 4476 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4477 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 4478 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 4479 dropped. 4480 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 4481 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 4482 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4483 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 4484 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 4485 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 4486 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 4487 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4488 Institute. 4489 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 4490 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 4491 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 4492 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 4493 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 4494 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 4495 RUS University of Stuttgart. 4496 Minor lint fixes. 4497 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 4498 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 4499 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 4500 of Stanford University. 4501 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 4502 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 4503 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 4504 Portability: 4505 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 4506 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 4507 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 4508 Electronic Data Systems. 4509 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 4510 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 4511 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 4512 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 4513 loader environment variables into the loader memory 4514 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 4515 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 4516 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 4517 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 4518 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 4519 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 4520 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 4521 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 4522 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 4523 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 4524 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4525 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 4526 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 4527 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 4528 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 4529 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 4530 Services. 4531 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 4532 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 4533 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 4534 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 4535 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 4536 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 4537 Services VAS. 4538 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 4539 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 4540 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 4541 Ericsson. 4542 45438.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 4544 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 4545 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 4546 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 4547 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 4548 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 4549 GmbH. 4550 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 4551 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 4552 of Technology, Stockholm. 4553 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 4554 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 4555 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 4556 that these routines are included as though they were in the 4557 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 4558 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 4559 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 4560 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 4561 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 4562 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 4563 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 4564 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 4565 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 4566 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 4567 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 4568 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 4569 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 4570 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 4571 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 4572 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 4573 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 4574 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 4575 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 4576 have to assume that the information is good. 4577 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 4578 open or locked. 4579 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 4580 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 4581 errors during testing. 4582 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 4583 printed in the error message. 4584 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 4585 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 4586 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 4587 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 4588 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 4589 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 4590 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 4591 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 4592 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 4593 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 4594 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 4595 runner runs during a critical section in another message 4596 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 4597 Results Computing. 4598 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 4599 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 4600 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 4601 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 4602 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4603 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 4604 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 4605 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 4606 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 4607 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 4608 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 4609 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 4610 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 4611 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 4612 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 4613 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 4614 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 4615 simultaneously. 4616 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 4617 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 4618 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 4619 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 4620 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4621 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 4622 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 4623 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 4624 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4625 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 4626 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 4627 CSU Chico. 4628 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 4629 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 4630 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 4631 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 4632 Portability: 4633 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 4634 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 4635 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 4636 be used instead. 4637 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 4638 of Argonne National Laboratory. 4639 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4640 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 4641 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 4642 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 4643 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 4644 in Makefiles. 4645 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 4646 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 4647 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 4648 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 4649 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 4650 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 4651 NCR Corp. 4652 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 4653 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 4654 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 4655 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 4656 Resource Network 4657 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 4658 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 4659 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 4660 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 4661 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 4662 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 4663 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 4664 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 4665 Corp. 4666 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 4667 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 4668 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 4669 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 4670 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 4671 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 4672 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 4673 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 4674 PlainTalk. 4675 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 4676 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 4677 by Harry Styron. 4678 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 4679 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 4680 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 4681 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 4682 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 4683 changed after open". 4684 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 4685 files. 4686 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 4687 NEW FILES: 4688 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 4689 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 4690 test/t_exclopen.c 4691 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 4692 DELETED FILES: 4693 Makefile 4694 46958.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 4696 ************************************************************* 4697 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 4698 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 4699 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 4700 * continued sendmail development. * 4701 ************************************************************* 4702 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 4703 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 4704 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 4705 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 4706 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 4707 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 4708 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 4709 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 4710 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 4711 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 4712 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 4713 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 4714 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 4715 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 4716 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 4717 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 4718 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4719 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4720 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 4721 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 4722 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 4723 another database; this can be used either to expose 4724 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 4725 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 4726 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 4727 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 4728 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 4729 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 4730 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 4731 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 4732 system directories. 4733 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 4734 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 4735 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 4736 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 4737 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 4738 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 4739 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 4740 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 4741 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 4742 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 4743 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 4744 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 4745 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 4746 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 4747 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 4748 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 4749 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 4750 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 4751 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 4752 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 4753 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 4754 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 4755 NFS-mounted filesystems. 4756 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 4757 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 4758 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 4759 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 4760 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 4761 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 4762 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 4763 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 4764 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4765 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 4766 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4767 same host). 4768 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 4769 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 4770 from Theo de Raadt. 4771 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 4772 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 4773 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4774 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 4775 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 4776 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 4777 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 4778 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 4779 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4780 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 4781 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 4782 Microsystems. 4783 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 4784 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 4785 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4786 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 4787 too large) don't send the bogus message. 4788 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 4789 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 4790 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4791 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 4792 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 4793 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 4794 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 4795 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 4796 Shapiro. 4797 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 4798 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 4799 Sun Microsystems. 4800 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 4801 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 4802 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 4803 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 4804 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 4805 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 4806 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 4807 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 4808 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 4809 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 4810 Mercury Mail. 4811 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 4812 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 4813 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 4814 Morgan Stanley. 4815 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 4816 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 4817 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 4818 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 4819 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 4820 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 4821 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 4822 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 4823 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 4824 not be run. 4825 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 4826 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 4827 printing. 4828 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 4829 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 4830 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4831 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 4832 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 4833 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 4834 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 4835 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 4836 erroneous results during a single message processing 4837 (but would recover when the next message was received). 4838 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 4839 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 4840 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 4841 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 4842 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 4843 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 4844 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 4845 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 4846 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 4847 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 4848 address as "may be forged". 4849 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 4850 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 4851 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 4852 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 4853 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 4854 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 4855 of TwinCom. 4856 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 4857 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 4858 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 4859 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 4860 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 4861 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 4862 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 4863 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 4864 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4865 Institute. 4866 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 4867 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 4868 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 4869 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 4870 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 4871 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 4872 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 4873 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 4874 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 4875 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 4876 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 4877 book (2nd edition). 4878 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 4879 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 4880 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 4881 John Beck of SunSoft. 4882 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 4883 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 4884 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 4885 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 4886 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 4887 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 4888 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 4889 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 4890 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 4891 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 4892 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 4893 returns. 4894 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 4895 on some architectures. 4896 Portability: 4897 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 4898 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 4899 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 4900 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 4901 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 4902 of Washington. 4903 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 4904 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 4905 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4906 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 4907 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 4908 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 4909 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 4910 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 4911 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 4912 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4913 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 4914 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 4915 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 4916 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 4917 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 4918 Cambridge. 4919 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 4920 Kari Hurtta. 4921 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 4922 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 4923 IRIX Makefile). 4924 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 4925 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4926 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 4927 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 4928 Brian Candler. 4929 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 4930 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 4931 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4932 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 4933 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 4934 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4935 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 4936 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 4937 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4938 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 4939 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 4940 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4941 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 4942 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 4943 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 4944 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 4945 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 4946 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 4947 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 4948 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4949 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 4950 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 4951 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 4952 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 4953 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 4954 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 4955 was specified, even when it wasn't. 4956 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 4957 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 4958 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 4959 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 4960 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 4961 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 4962 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 4963 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 4964 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 4965 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 4966 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 4967 developers). 4968 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 4969 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 4970 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4971 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 4972 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 4973 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 4974 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 4975 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 4976 NEXTSTEP. 4977 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 4978 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 4979 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 4980 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 4981 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4982 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 4983 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 4984 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 4985 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 4986 for system accounts. 4987 NEW FILES: 4988 src/safefile.c 4989 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 4990 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 4991 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 4992 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 4993 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 4994 RENAMED FILES: 4995 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 4996 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 4997 49988.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 4999 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5000 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5001 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5002 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5003 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5004 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5005 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5006 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5007 University of Pennsylvania. 5008 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5009 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5010 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5011 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5012 was unnecessarily awful. 5013 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5014 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5015 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5016 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5017 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5018 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5019 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5020 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5021 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5022 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5023 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5024 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5025 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5026 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5027 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5028 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5029 Semiconductor Corp. 5030 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5031 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5032 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5033 at Austin. 5034 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5035 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5036 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5037 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5038 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5039 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5040 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5041 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5042 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5043 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5044 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5045 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5046 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5047 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5048 Costales. 5049 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5050 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5051 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5052 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5053 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5054 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5055 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5056 The current values and defaults are: 5057 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5058 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5059 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5060 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5061 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5062 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5063 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5064 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5065 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5066 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5067 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5068 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5069 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5070 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5071 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5072 Eric Hagberg. 5073 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5074 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5075 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5076 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5077 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5078 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5079 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5080 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5081 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5082 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5083 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5084 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5085 Communications. 5086 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5087 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5088 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5089 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5090 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5091 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5092 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5093 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5094 PORTABILITY: 5095 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5096 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5097 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5098 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5099 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5100 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5101 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5102 (Moscow). 5103 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5104 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5105 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5106 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5107 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5108 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5109 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5110 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5111 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5112 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5113 Received: line. 5114 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5115 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5116 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5117 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5118 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5119 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5120 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5121 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5122 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5123 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5124 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5125 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5126 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5127 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5128 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5129 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5130 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5131 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5132 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5133 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5134 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5135 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5136 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5137 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5138 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5139 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5140 Long Beach. 5141 51428.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5143 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5144 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5145 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5146 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5147 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5148 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5149 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5150 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5151 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5152 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5153 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5154 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5155 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5156 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5157 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5158 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5159 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5160 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5161 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5162 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5163 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5164 Problem noted by several people. 5165 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5166 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5167 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5168 by several people. 5169 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5170 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5171 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5172 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5173 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5174 of Best Internet Communications. 5175 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5176 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5177 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5178 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5179 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5180 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5181 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5182 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5183 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5184 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5185 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5186 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5187 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5188 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5189 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5190 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5191 by Roy Mongiovi. 5192 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5193 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5194 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5195 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5196 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5197 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5198 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5199 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5200 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5201 of Kyoto University. 5202 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5203 conditions from Don Lewis. 5204 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5205 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5206 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5207 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5208 patch from Bryan Costales. 5209 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5210 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5211 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5212 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5213 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5214 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5215 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5216 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5217 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5218 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5219 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5220 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5221 of Tokyo. 5222 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5223 Services, Inc. 5224 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5225 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5226 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5227 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5228 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5229 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5230 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5231 than one long one. By popular demand. 5232 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5233 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5234 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5235 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5236 of NTT Software Corporation. 5237 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5238 NEW FILES: 5239 contrib/etrn.pl 5240 52418.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5242 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5243 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5244 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5245 best-of-security list. 5246 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5247 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5248 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5249 the wrong binary. 5250 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5251 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5252 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5253 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5254 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5255 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5256 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5257 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5258 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5259 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5260 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5261 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5262 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5263 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5264 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5265 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5266 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5267 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5268 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5269 Eric Wassenaar. 5270 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5271 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5272 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5273 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5274 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5275 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5276 UUNET. 5277 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5278 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5279 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5280 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5281 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5282 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5283 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5284 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5285 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5286 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5287 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5288 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5289 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5290 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5291 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5292 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5293 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5294 University of Linkoping. 5295 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5296 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5297 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5298 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5299 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5300 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5301 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5302 other end. 5303 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5304 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5305 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5306 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5307 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5308 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5309 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5310 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5311 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5312 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5313 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5314 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5315 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5316 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5317 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5318 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5319 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5320 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5321 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5322 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5323 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5324 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5325 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5326 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5327 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5328 Earickson of Colby College. 5329 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5330 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5331 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5332 Kari Hurtta. 5333 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5334 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5335 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5336 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5337 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5338 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5339 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5340 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5341 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5342 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5343 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5344 University of Washington, Seattle. 5345 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5346 Polytechnic Institute. 5347 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 5348 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 5349 NEW FILES: 5350 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 5351 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 5352 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 5353 53548.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 5355 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 5356 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 5357 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5358 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 5359 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 5360 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 5361 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 5362 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 5363 CONFIG: no changes. 5364 53658.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 5366 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 5367 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 5368 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 5369 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 5370 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 5371 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 5372 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 5373 of WPI. 5374 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 5375 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 5376 Kyoto University. 5377 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 5378 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 5379 on illegal host names. 5380 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 5381 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 5382 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 5383 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 5384 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 5385 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 5386 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 5387 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 5388 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5389 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 5390 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 5391 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 5392 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 5393 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 5394 University of Leicester. 5395 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 5396 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 5397 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 5398 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 5399 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 5400 University of Washington. 5401 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5402 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 5403 people pointed this out. 5404 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 5405 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 5406 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 5407 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 5408 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 5409 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 5410 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 5411 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 5412 Softec. 5413 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 5414 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5415 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 5416 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 5417 54188.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 5419 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 5420 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 5421 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 5422 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 5423 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 5424 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 5425 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 5426 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 5427 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 5428 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 5429 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 5430 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 5431 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 5432 NSC (Japan). 5433 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 5434 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 5435 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5436 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 5437 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 5438 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 5439 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 5440 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 5441 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 5442 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 5443 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 5444 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 5445 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 5446 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 5447 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 5448 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 5449 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 5450 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 5451 printout. 5452 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 5453 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 5454 square braces. 5455 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 5456 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 5457 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 5458 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 5459 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 5460 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 5461 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5462 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 5463 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 5464 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 5465 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5466 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 5467 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 5468 Dandelion Digital. 5469 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 5470 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 5471 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 5472 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 5473 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 5474 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 5475 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 5476 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5477 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 5478 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 5479 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 5480 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 5481 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 5482 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 5483 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 5484 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 5485 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 5486 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 5487 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 5488 mailers. 5489 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 5490 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 5491 Myers of CMU. 5492 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 5493 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 5494 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 5495 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 5496 there should be no security implications. Implementation 5497 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 5498 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 5499 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 5500 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 5501 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 5502 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 5503 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 5504 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 5505 parameter. 5506 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 5507 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 5508 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 5509 University of Maryland. 5510 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 5511 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 5512 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 5513 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 5514 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 5515 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 5516 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 5517 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 5518 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 5519 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 5520 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 5521 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 5522 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 5523 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 5524 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 5525 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 5526 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 5527 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 5528 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 5529 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 5530 section 5.2.5. 5531 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 5532 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 5533 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 5534 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 5535 is for incoming connections only. 5536 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 5537 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 5538 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 5539 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 5540 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 5541 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 5542 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 5543 (e.g., due to connection caching). 5544 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 5545 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 5546 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 5547 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 5548 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 5549 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 5550 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 5551 that take a very long time to run. 5552 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 5553 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 5554 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 5555 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 5556 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 5557 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5558 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 5559 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 5560 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5561 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 5562 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 5563 Costales. 5564 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 5565 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 5566 Technologies, Inc. 5567 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 5568 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 5569 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 5570 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 5571 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 5572 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 5573 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 5574 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 5575 different for this case. 5576 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 5577 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 5578 of Stanford University. 5579 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 5580 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 5581 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 5582 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5583 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 5584 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 5585 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 5586 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 5587 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 5588 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5589 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 5590 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 5591 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 5592 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 5593 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 5594 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 5595 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 5596 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 5597 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 5598 Pasteur Institute. 5599 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 5600 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 5601 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 5602 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 5603 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 5604 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 5605 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 5606 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 5607 canonification. 5608 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 5609 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 5610 mailers. 5611 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 5612 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 5613 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 5614 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 5615 either of these in their configuration file. 5616 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 5617 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 5618 St. Peter's College. 5619 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 5620 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 5621 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 5622 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 5623 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 5624 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5625 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 5626 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 5627 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 5628 Costales. 5629 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 5630 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 5631 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 5632 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 5633 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 5634 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 5635 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 5636 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 5637 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 5638 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 5639 in rulesets. 5640 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 5641 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 5642 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 5643 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 5644 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 5645 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 5646 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 5647 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 5648 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 5649 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 5650 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 5651 on that basis. 5652 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 5653 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 5654 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 5655 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 5656 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 5657 Vixie. 5658 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 5659 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 5660 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 5661 See also the src/READ_ME file. 5662 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 5663 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 5664 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 5665 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 5666 two characters $, +. 5667 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 5668 debug_dumpstate. 5669 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 5670 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 5671 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 5672 valid recipients. 5673 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 5674 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 5675 noted by Tom May. 5676 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 5677 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 5678 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 5679 Beck of InReference, Inc. 5680 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 5681 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 5682 Computing Corporation. 5683 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 5684 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 5685 Internet Communications. 5686 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 5687 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 5688 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 5689 of Lysator. 5690 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 5691 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 5692 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 5693 of the University of Iceland. 5694 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 5695 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 5696 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 5697 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 5698 this change is a no-op. 5699 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 5700 Costales. 5701 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 5702 Bryan Costales. 5703 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 5704 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 5705 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 5706 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5707 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 5708 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5709 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 5710 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 5711 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 5712 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5713 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 5714 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 5715 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 5716 Jones of UUNET. 5717 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 5718 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 5719 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5720 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 5721 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 5722 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 5723 easily determine what messages are to their role as 5724 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 5725 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 5726 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 5727 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 5728 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 5729 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 5730 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 5731 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 5732 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 5733 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 5734 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 5735 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 5736 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 5737 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 5738 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 5739 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 5740 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 5741 of Stanford University. 5742 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 5743 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 5744 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 5745 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 5746 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 5747 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 5748 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 5749 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 5750 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 5751 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 5752 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 5753 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 5754 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5755 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 5756 Motonori Nakamura. 5757 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 5758 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 5759 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 5760 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 5761 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 5762 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 5763 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 5764 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 5765 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 5766 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 5767 value is ".hoststat". 5768 There are also two new operation modes: 5769 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 5770 connections. 5771 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 5772 recent status information. 5773 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 5774 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 5775 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 5776 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 5777 framework is gratefully appreciated. 5778 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 5779 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 5780 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 5781 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 5782 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 5783 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 5784 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 5785 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 5786 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 5787 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 5788 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 5789 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 5790 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 5791 Costales. 5792 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 5793 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5794 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 5795 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 5796 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 5797 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 5798 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 5799 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 5800 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 5801 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 5802 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 5803 Webmasters. 5804 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 5805 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 5806 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 5807 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 5808 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 5809 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 5810 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 5811 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 5812 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 5813 of Washington, Seattle. 5814 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 5815 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 5816 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 5817 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 5818 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 5819 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 5820 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 5821 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 5822 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 5823 Nakamura. 5824 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 5825 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 5826 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 5827 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 5828 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 5829 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 5830 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 5831 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 5832 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 5833 well constrained. 5834 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 5835 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 5836 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 5837 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 5838 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 5839 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 5840 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 5841 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 5842 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 5843 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 5844 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 5845 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 5846 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 5847 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 5848 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 5849 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 5850 Wolfhugel. 5851 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 5852 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 5853 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 5854 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 5855 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 5856 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 5857 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5858 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 5859 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 5860 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 5861 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 5862 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 5863 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 5864 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 5865 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 5866 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 5867 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 5868 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 5869 National University of Singapore. 5870 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 5871 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 5872 system can't cope with. 5873 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5874 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 5875 Atlas International. 5876 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 5877 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 5878 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 5879 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 5880 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 5881 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 5882 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 5883 Bernstein and Associates. 5884 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 5885 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 5886 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 5887 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 5888 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 5889 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 5890 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 5891 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 5892 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 5893 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5894 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 5895 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 5896 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 5897 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5898 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 5899 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5900 Institute. 5901 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 5902 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 5903 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 5904 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 5905 Employment Standards Administration. 5906 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 5907 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 5908 Jr. 5909 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 5910 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 5911 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 5912 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 5913 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 5914 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 5915 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 5916 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 5917 of the University of Arizona. 5918 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 5919 Vanderbilt University. 5920 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 5921 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 5922 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 5923 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5924 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 5925 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5926 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 5927 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 5928 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 5929 Foundation. 5930 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 5931 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 5932 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 5933 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 5934 Myers of CMU. 5935 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 5936 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 5937 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 5938 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 5939 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 5940 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 5941 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 5942 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 5943 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 5944 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 5945 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 5946 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 5947 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 5948 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 5949 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 5950 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 5951 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 5952 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5953 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 5954 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 5955 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 5956 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 5957 info@foo.com foo-info 5958 info@bar.com bar-info 5959 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 5960 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 5961 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 5962 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 5963 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 5964 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 5965 a great many people. 5966 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 5967 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 5968 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 5969 "fax" mailer. 5970 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 5971 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 5972 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 5973 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 5974 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 5975 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 5976 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 5977 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 5978 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 5979 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 5980 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 5981 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 5982 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 5983 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 5984 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 5985 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 5986 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 5987 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 5988 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 5989 of WPI. 5990 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 5991 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 5992 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 5993 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 5994 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 5995 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 5996 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 5997 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 5998 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 5999 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6000 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6001 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6002 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6003 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6004 by Andreas Luik. 6005 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6006 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6007 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6008 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6009 Wolfhugel. 6010 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6011 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6012 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6013 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6014 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6015 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6016 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6017 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6018 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6019 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6020 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6021 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6022 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6023 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6024 Costales. 6025 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6026 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6027 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6028 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6029 NEW FILES: 6030 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6031 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6033 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6034 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6036 mailstats/mailstats.8 6037 praliases/praliases.8 6038 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6039 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6040 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6041 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6042 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6043 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6044 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6045 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6046 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6047 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6048 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6049 DELETED FILES: 6050 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6051 contrib/xla/README 6052 contrib/xla/xla.c 6053 RENAMED FILES: 6054 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6055 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6056 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6057 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6058 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6059 60608.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6061 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6062 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6063 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6064 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6065 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6066 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6067 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6068 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6069 60708.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6071 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6072 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6073 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6074 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6075 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6076 and others. 6077 60788.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6079 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6080 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6081 any user (except root). 6082 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6083 version number is unchanged. 6084 60858.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6086 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6087 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6088 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6089 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6090 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6091 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6092 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6093 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6094 Costales. 6095 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6096 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6097 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6098 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6099 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6100 Stanford University. 6101 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6102 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6103 61048.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6105 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6106 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6107 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6108 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6109 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6110 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6111 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6112 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6113 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6114 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6115 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6116 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6117 by Kari Hurtta. 6118 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6119 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6120 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6121 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6122 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6123 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6124 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6125 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6126 bounces when it should have requeued. 6127 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6128 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6129 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6130 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6131 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6132 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6133 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6134 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6135 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6136 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6137 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6138 Infobiogen. 6139 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6140 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6141 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6142 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6143 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6144 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6145 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6146 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6147 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6148 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6149 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6150 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6151 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6152 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6153 underscores. 6154 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6155 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6156 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6157 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6158 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6159 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6160 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6161 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6162 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6163 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6164 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6165 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6166 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6167 Costales of ICSI. 6168 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6169 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6170 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6171 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6172 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6173 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6174 Technological University. 6175 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6176 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6177 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6178 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6179 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6180 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6181 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6182 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6183 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6184 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6185 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6186 Inc. 6187 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6188 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6189 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6190 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6191 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6192 University. 6193 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6194 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6195 Association for Progressive Communications. 6196 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6197 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6198 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6199 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6200 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6201 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6202 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6203 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6204 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6205 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6206 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6207 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6208 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6209 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6210 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6211 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6212 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6213 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6214 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6215 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6216 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6217 James B. Davis of TCI. 6218 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6219 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6220 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6221 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6222 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6223 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6224 isn't supported on all compilers. 6225 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6226 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6227 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6228 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6229 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6230 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6231 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6232 (France). 6233 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6234 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6235 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6236 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6237 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6238 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6239 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6240 for different files. 6241 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6242 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6243 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6244 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6245 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6246 changes). 6247 62488.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6249 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6250 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6251 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6252 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6253 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6254 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6255 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6256 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6257 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6258 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6259 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6260 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6261 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6262 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6263 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6264 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6265 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6266 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6267 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6268 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6269 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6270 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6271 results. This could have security implications. 6272 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6273 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6274 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6275 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6276 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6277 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6278 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6279 Elz. 6280 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6281 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6282 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6283 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6284 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6285 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6286 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6287 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6288 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6289 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6290 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6291 domain names are your friends. 6292 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6293 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6294 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6295 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6296 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6297 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6298 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6299 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6300 of TerraNet. 6301 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6302 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6303 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6304 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6305 of WPI. 6306 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6307 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6308 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6309 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6310 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6311 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6312 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6313 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6314 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6315 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6316 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6317 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6318 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6319 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6320 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6321 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6322 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6323 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6324 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6325 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6326 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6327 Infobiogen (France). 6328 NEW FILES: 6329 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6330 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6331 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6332 63338.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6334 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6335 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6336 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6337 Global Communications. 6338 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6339 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6340 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6341 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6342 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6343 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6344 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6345 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6346 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6347 can be confusing. 6348 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 6349 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 6350 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 6351 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 6352 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 6353 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 6354 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 6355 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 6356 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 6357 Maryland. 6358 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 6359 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 6360 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 6361 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 6362 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6363 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 6364 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 6365 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 6366 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 6367 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 6368 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 6369 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6370 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 6371 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 6372 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 6373 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6374 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 6375 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 6376 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 6377 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 6378 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 6379 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 6380 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 6381 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 6382 Swarthmore University. 6383 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 6384 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 6385 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 6386 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 6387 ruleset. 6388 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 6389 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 6390 -d debug flag. 6391 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 6392 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 6393 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 6394 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 6395 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 6396 and the parsed address. 6397 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 6398 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 6399 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 6400 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 6401 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 6402 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 6403 recipients. 6404 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 6405 return the result. 6406 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 6407 `mapname' and return the result. 6408 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 6409 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 6410 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 6411 the header for envelope sender information and uses 6412 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 6413 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 6414 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 6415 that functionality. 6416 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 6417 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 6418 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 6419 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 6420 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 6421 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 6422 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 6423 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 6424 of Michigan Technological University. 6425 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 6426 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 6427 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 6428 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 6429 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 6430 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 6431 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 6432 or not. 6433 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 6434 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 6435 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 6436 the error message. It was especially weird because it 6437 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 6438 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 6439 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 6440 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 6441 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 6442 should have minimal impact on external function. 6443 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 6444 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 6445 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 6446 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 6447 7 SevenBitInput 6448 8 EightBitMode 6449 A AliasFile 6450 a AliasWait 6451 B BlankSub 6452 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 6453 C CheckpointInterval 6454 c HoldExpensive 6455 D AutoRebuildAliases 6456 d DeliveryMode 6457 E ErrorHeader 6458 e ErrorMode 6459 f SaveFromLine 6460 F TempFileMode 6461 G MatchGECOS 6462 H HelpFile 6463 h MaxHopCount 6464 i IgnoreDots 6465 I ResolverOptions 6466 J ForwardPath 6467 j SendMimeErrors 6468 k ConnectionCacheSize 6469 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 6470 L LogLevel 6471 l UseErrorsTo 6472 m MeToo 6473 n CheckAliases 6474 O DaemonPortOptions 6475 o OldStyleHeaders 6476 P PostmasterCopy 6477 p PrivacyOptions 6478 Q QueueDirectory 6479 q QueueFactor 6480 R DontPruneRoutes 6481 r, T Timeout 6482 S StatusFile 6483 s SuperSafe 6484 t TimeZoneSpec 6485 u DefaultUser 6486 U UserDatabaseSpec 6487 V FallbackMXHost 6488 v Verbose 6489 w TryNullMXList 6490 x QueueLA 6491 X RefuseLA 6492 Y ForkEachJob 6493 y RecipientFactor 6494 z ClassFactor 6495 Z RetryFactor 6496 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 6497 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 6498 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 6499 $l UnixFromLine 6500 $o OperatorChars 6501 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 6502 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 6503 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 6504 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 6505 specify "V6" in the configuration. 6506 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 6507 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 6508 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 6509 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 6510 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 6511 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 6512 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 6513 This requires config file support to get right. It does 6514 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 6515 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6516 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 6517 A Addresses are aliasable. 6518 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 6519 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 6520 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 6521 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 6522 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 6523 recipient mailer flags. 6524 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 6525 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 6526 delivery. 6527 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 6528 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 6529 : Check for :include: on this address. 6530 | Check for |program on this address. 6531 / Check for /file on this address. 6532 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 6533 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 6534 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 6535 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 6536 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 6537 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 6538 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 6539 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 6540 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 6541 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 6542 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 6543 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 6544 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 6545 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 6546 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 6547 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 6548 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 6549 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 6550 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 6551 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 6552 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 6553 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 6554 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 6555 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 6556 (essentially, the full MIME option). 6557 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 6558 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 6559 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 6560 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 6561 flag is ignored. 6562 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 6563 the setting of F=8. 6564 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 6565 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 6566 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 6567 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 6568 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 6569 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 6570 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 6571 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 6572 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 6573 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 6574 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 6575 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 6576 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 6577 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 6578 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 6579 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 6580 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 6581 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 6582 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 6583 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 6584 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 6585 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 6586 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 6587 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 6588 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 6589 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 6590 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 6591 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 6592 Unicom. 6593 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 6594 fashion as the U= mailer option. 6595 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 6596 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 6597 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 6598 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 6599 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 6600 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 6601 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 6602 from Chip Rosenthal. 6603 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 6604 For example, 6605 O Timeout.helo = 2m 6606 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 6607 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 6608 set them both the preferred new syntax is 6609 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 6610 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 6611 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 6612 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 6613 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 6614 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 6615 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 6616 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 6617 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 6618 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 6619 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 6620 contribution was to make it configurable). 6621 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 6622 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 6623 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 6624 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 6625 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 6626 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 6627 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 6628 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 6629 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 6630 I/O redirection. 6631 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 6632 can be confusing. 6633 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 6634 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 6635 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 6636 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 6637 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 6638 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 6639 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 6640 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 6641 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 6642 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 6643 queue-only. 6644 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 6645 :include: and .forward files. 6646 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 6647 key field name, the value field name, and the field 6648 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 6649 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 6650 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 6651 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 6652 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6653 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 6654 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 6655 Sun Microsystems. 6656 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 6657 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 6658 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 6659 Hutton of Indiana University. 6660 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 6661 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 6662 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 6663 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 6664 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 6665 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6666 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 6667 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 6668 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 6669 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 6670 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 6671 as comments. 6672 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 6673 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 6674 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 6675 are from sysexits.h. 6676 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 6677 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 6678 Kmap1 ... 6679 Kmap2 ... 6680 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 6681 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 6682 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 6683 map2 is searched and the value returned. 6684 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 6685 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 6686 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 6687 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 6688 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 6689 For example, if the declaration of the map is 6690 Ksample switch hosts 6691 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 6692 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 6693 equivalent to 6694 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 6695 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 6696 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 6697 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 6698 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 6699 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 6700 the -m (matchonly) flag. 6701 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 6702 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 6703 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 6704 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 6705 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 6706 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 6707 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 6708 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 6709 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 6710 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 6711 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 6712 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 6713 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 6714 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 6715 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 6716 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 6717 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 6718 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 6719 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 6720 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 6721 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 6722 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 6723 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 6724 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 6725 an /etc/hosts entry reads 6726 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 6727 this change will use the second name as the canonical 6728 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 6729 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 6730 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 6731 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 6732 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 6733 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 6734 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 6735 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 6736 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 6737 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 6738 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 6739 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 6740 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 6741 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 6742 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 6743 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 6744 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6745 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 6746 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 6747 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 6748 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 6749 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 6750 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 6751 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 6752 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 6753 much longer than the specified timeout. 6754 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 6755 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 6756 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 6757 denial-of-service attack. 6758 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 6759 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 6760 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6761 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 6762 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 6763 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 6764 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 6765 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 6766 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 6767 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 6768 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 6769 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 6770 actually file lookups. 6771 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 6772 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 6773 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 6774 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 6775 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 6776 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 6777 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 6778 support for them has been removed. 6779 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 6780 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 6781 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 6782 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 6783 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 6784 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 6785 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 6786 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 6787 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 6788 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6789 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 6790 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 6791 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 6792 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 6793 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 6794 also improves the connection cache utilization. 6795 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 6796 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 6797 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 6798 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 6799 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 6800 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 6801 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 6802 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 6803 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 6804 Microsystems. 6805 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 6806 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 6807 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 6808 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 6809 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 6810 option can give the network software time to establish 6811 the link. The default units are seconds. 6812 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 6813 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 6814 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 6815 Defense Information Systems Agency. 6816 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 6817 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 6818 the National Computer Security Center. 6819 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 6820 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 6821 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 6822 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 6823 the mailprio scripts (see below). 6824 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 6825 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 6826 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 6827 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 6828 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 6829 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 6830 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 6831 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 6832 University Computing Service. 6833 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 6834 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 6835 the University of Kentucky. 6836 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 6837 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 6838 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 6839 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 6840 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 6841 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 6842 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 6843 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 6844 Corporation. 6845 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 6846 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 6847 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 6848 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 6849 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 6850 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 6851 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 6852 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 6853 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 6854 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 6855 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 6856 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 6857 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 6858 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 6859 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 6860 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 6861 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 6862 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 6863 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 6864 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 6865 Communications. 6866 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 6867 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 6868 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 6869 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 6870 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 6871 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 6872 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 6873 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 6874 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 6875 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 6876 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 6877 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6878 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 6879 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 6880 on values: 6881 None Leave the message as is. The 6882 message will be passed on even 6883 though it is in technically 6884 illegal syntax. 6885 Add-To Add a To: header with any 6886 recipients that it can find from 6887 the envelope. This risks exposing 6888 Bcc: recipients. 6889 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 6890 has almost no redeeming social value, 6891 and is provided only for back 6892 compatibility. 6893 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 6894 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 6895 which will have the effect of 6896 making the message legal without 6897 exposing Bcc: recipients. 6898 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 6899 There is a chance that mailers down 6900 the line will delete this header, 6901 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 6902 recipients. 6903 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 6904 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 6905 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 6906 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 6907 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 6908 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 6909 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 6910 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 6911 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 6912 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 6913 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 6914 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 6915 For example, if you run with 6916 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 6917 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 6918 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 6919 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 6920 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 6921 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 6922 entries. For example, given the aliases: 6923 list: member1 6924 list: member2 6925 and an alias file declared as: 6926 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 6927 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 6928 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 6929 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6930 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 6931 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 6932 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 6933 Johannesen. 6934 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 6935 to be simpler and more consistent. 6936 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 6937 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 6938 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 6939 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6940 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 6941 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 6942 This may affect some people who have written their own 6943 checkcompat() routine. 6944 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 6945 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 6946 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 6947 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 6948 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 6949 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 6950 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 6951 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 6952 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 6953 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 6954 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 6955 Corporation. 6956 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 6957 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 6958 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 6959 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 6960 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 6961 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 6962 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 6963 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 6964 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 6965 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 6966 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 6967 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 6968 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 6969 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 6970 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 6971 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 6972 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 6973 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 6974 the header. 6975 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 6976 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 6977 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 6978 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 6979 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 6980 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 6981 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 6982 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 6983 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 6984 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 6985 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 6986 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 6987 is added between the first and second word of the first 6988 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 6989 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 6990 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 6991 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 6992 old sendmails understand. 6993 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 6994 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 6995 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 6996 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 6997 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 6998 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 6999 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7000 data -- for example, 7001 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7002 (romanized/less information) 7003 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7004 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7005 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7006 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7007 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7008 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7009 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7010 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7011 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7012 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7013 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7014 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7015 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7016 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7017 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7018 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7019 increment on the background value). 7020 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7021 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7022 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7023 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7024 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7025 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7026 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7027 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7028 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7029 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7030 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7031 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7032 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7033 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7034 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7035 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7036 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7037 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7038 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7039 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7040 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7041 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7042 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7043 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7044 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7045 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7046 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7047 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7048 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7049 service type is "files". 7050 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7051 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7052 into class "c". 7053 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7054 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7055 contributed by SunSoft. 7056 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7057 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7058 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7059 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7060 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7061 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7062 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7063 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7064 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7065 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7066 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7067 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7068 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7069 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7070 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7071 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7072 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7073 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7074 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7075 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7076 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7077 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7078 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7079 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7080 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7081 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7082 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7083 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7084 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7085 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7086 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7087 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7088 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7089 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7090 flags. 7091 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7092 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7093 Motonori Nakamura. 7094 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7095 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7096 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7097 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7098 of MIT. 7099 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7100 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7101 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7102 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7103 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7104 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7105 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7106 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7107 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7108 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7109 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7110 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7111 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7112 the make. 7113 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7114 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7115 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7116 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7117 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7118 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7119 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7120 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7121 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7122 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7123 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7124 of Sun Microsystems. 7125 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7126 is at least 50% faster. 7127 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7128 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7129 University. 7130 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7131 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7132 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7133 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7134 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7135 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7136 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7137 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7138 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7139 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7140 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7141 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7142 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7143 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7144 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7145 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7146 Carnegie Mellon. 7147 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7148 support. 7149 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7150 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7151 Global Information Solutions. 7152 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7153 From Motonori Nakamura. 7154 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7155 Motonori Nakamura. 7156 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7157 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7158 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7159 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7160 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7161 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7162 James of British Telecom. 7163 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7164 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7165 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7166 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7167 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7168 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7169 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7170 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7171 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7172 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7173 a bad guy can read your private files. 7174 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7175 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7176 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7177 University. This expands the disk size 7178 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7179 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7180 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7181 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7182 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7183 Linux Makefile typo. 7184 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7185 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7186 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7187 University, Chico. 7188 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7189 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7190 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7191 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7192 This requires adaptation of code that really 7193 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7194 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7195 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7196 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7197 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7198 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7199 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7200 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7201 problems. 7202 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7203 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7204 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7205 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7206 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7207 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7208 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7209 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7210 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7211 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7212 Wemm of DIALix. 7213 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7214 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7215 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7216 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7217 of Ohio State University. 7218 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7219 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7220 University. 7221 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7222 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7223 Mainz. 7224 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7225 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7226 wrong statfs call). 7227 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7228 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7229 University. 7230 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7231 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7232 Rochester Medical Center. 7233 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7234 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7235 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7236 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7237 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7238 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7239 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7240 Division. 7241 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7242 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7243 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7244 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7245 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7246 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7247 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7248 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7249 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7250 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7251 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7252 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7253 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7254 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7255 of Meteo France. 7256 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7257 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7258 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7259 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7260 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7261 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7262 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7263 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7264 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7265 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7266 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7267 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7268 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7269 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7270 of Colorado. 7271 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7272 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7273 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7274 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7275 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7276 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7277 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7278 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7279 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7280 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7281 giving the local administrator more control over what 7282 programs can be run from sendmail. 7283 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7284 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7285 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7286 never will. 7287 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7288 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7289 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7290 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7291 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7292 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7293 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7294 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7295 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7296 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7297 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7298 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7299 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7300 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7301 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7302 or 7303 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7304 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7305 can use: 7306 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7307 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7308 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7309 compatibility. 7310 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7311 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7312 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7313 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7314 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7315 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7316 County. 7317 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7318 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7319 just unqualified ones. 7320 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7321 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7322 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7323 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7324 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7325 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7326 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7327 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7328 centralized hub. 7329 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7330 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7331 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7332 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7333 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7334 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7335 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7336 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7337 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7338 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7339 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7340 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7341 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7342 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7343 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7344 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7345 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7346 but it is a no-op. 7347 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 7348 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 7349 as User Unknown. 7350 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 7351 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 7352 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 7353 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 7354 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 7355 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 7356 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 7357 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 7358 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 7359 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 7360 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7361 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 7362 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 7363 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 7364 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 7365 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 7366 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 7367 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 7368 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 7369 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 7370 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 7371 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 7372 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 7373 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 7374 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 7375 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 7376 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 7377 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 7378 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 7379 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 7380 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 7381 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 7382 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 7383 assumed. 7384 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 7385 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 7386 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 7387 Information Systems Agency. 7388 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 7389 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 7390 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 7391 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 7392 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 7393 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 7394 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 7395 that really can be used in the real world. 7396 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 7397 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 7398 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 7399 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 7400 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 7401 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 7402 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 7403 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 7404 by Scott Hutton. 7405 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 7406 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 7407 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 7408 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 7409 people. 7410 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 7411 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 7412 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 7413 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 7414 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 7415 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 7416 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 7417 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 7418 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 7419 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 7420 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 7421 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 7422 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 7423 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 7424 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 7425 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 7426 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 7427 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 7428 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 7429 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 7430 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 7431 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 7432 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 7433 by Kimmo Suominen. 7434 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 7435 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 7436 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 7437 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 7438 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7439 NEW FILES: 7440 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 7441 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 7442 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 7443 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 7444 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 7445 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 7446 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 7447 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 7448 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 7449 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 7450 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 7451 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 7452 cf/domain/generic.m4 7453 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 7454 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 7455 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 7456 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 7457 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 7458 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 7459 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 7460 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 7461 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 7462 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 7463 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 7464 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 7465 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 7466 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 7467 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 7468 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 7469 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 7470 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 7471 contrib/bsdi.mc 7472 contrib/mailprio 7473 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 7474 mail.local/mail.local.0 7475 makemap/makemap.0 7476 smrsh/README 7477 smrsh/smrsh.0 7478 smrsh/smrsh.8 7479 smrsh/smrsh.c 7480 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 7481 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 7482 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 7483 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 7484 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 7485 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 7486 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 7487 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 7488 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 7489 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 7490 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 7491 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 7492 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 7493 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 7494 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 7495 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 7496 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 7497 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 7498 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 7499 src/aliases.0 7500 src/mailq.0 7501 src/mime.c 7502 src/newaliases.0 7503 src/sendmail.0 7504 test/t_seteuid.c 7505 RENAMED FILES: 7506 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 7507 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 7508 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 7509 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 7510 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 7511 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 7512 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 7513 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 7514 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 7515 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7516 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7517 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 7518 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 7519 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 7520 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 7521 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 7522 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 7523 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 7524 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 7525 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 7526 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 7527 OBSOLETED FILES: 7528 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 7529 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 7530 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 7531 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 7532 cf/cf/knecht.mc 7533 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 7534 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 7535 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 7536 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7537 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 7538 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 7539 contrib/rcpt-streaming 7540 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7541 75428.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 7543 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7544 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7545 any user (except root). 7546 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7547 version number is unchanged. 7548 75498.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 7550 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 7551 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 7552 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 7553 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 7554 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 7555 each other!). 7556 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 7557 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 7558 than fork(). 7559 75608.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 7561 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 7562 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 7563 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 7564 message when attempted from IDENT. 7565 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 7566 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 7567 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 7568 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 7569 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 7570 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 7571 partial lines. 7572 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 7573 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 7574 Rob McMahon. 7575 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 7576 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 7577 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 7578 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 7579 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 7580 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 7581 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 7582 Novell Labs Europe. 7583 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 7584 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 7585 Cal State Chico. 7586 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 7587 *Hobbit*. 7588 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 7589 and Liudvikas Bukys. 7590 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 7591 from Spider Boardman. 7592 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7593 with the binaries). 7594 75958.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 7596 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 7597 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 7598 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 7599 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 7600 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 7601 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 7602 implications. 7603 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 7604 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 7605 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 7606 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 7607 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 7608 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 7609 University of Texas. 7610 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 7611 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 7612 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 7613 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 7614 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 7615 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 7616 Data General. 7617 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 7618 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 7619 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 7620 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 7621 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 7622 with a lot of arguments). 7623 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 7624 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 7625 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 7626 Michigan. 7627 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 7628 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 7629 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 7630 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 7631 Thibault. 7632 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 7633 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 7634 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 7635 some of the map code. 7636 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 7637 with the binaries). 7638 76398.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 7640 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 7641 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 7642 may have some security implications. 7643 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 7644 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 7645 Hill of the University of Iowa. 7646 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 7647 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 7648 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 7649 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 7650 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 7651 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 7652 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 7653 option. 7654 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 7655 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 7656 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 7657 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 7658 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 7659 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 7660 Rochester. 7661 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 7662 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 7663 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 7664 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 7665 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 7666 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 7667 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 7668 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 7669 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 7670 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 7671 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 7672 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 7673 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 7674 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 7675 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 7676 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 7677 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 7678 messages. 7679 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 7680 message to explain how much space was available and 7681 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 7682 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 7683 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 7684 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 7685 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 7686 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 7687 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 7688 moves things more towards what will probably become a 7689 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 7690 Kapor Enterprises. 7691 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 7692 without recompiling. 7693 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 7694 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 7695 purely cosmetic. 7696 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 7697 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 7698 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 7699 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 7700 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 7701 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 7702 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 7703 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 7704 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 7705 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 7706 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 7707 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 7708 Wolfhugel. 7709 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 7710 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 7711 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 7712 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 7713 refused" response, and that the connection can be 7714 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 7715 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 7716 size around and can never start listening to connections 7717 again. The down side is that someone could start up 7718 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 7719 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 7720 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 7721 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 7722 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 7723 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 7724 implications. 7725 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 7726 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 7727 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 7728 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 7729 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 7730 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 7731 doc directory. This includes some additional 7732 information. 7733 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 7734 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 7735 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 7736 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 7737 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 7738 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 7739 loop the mail, which was bad news. 7740 Portability fixes: 7741 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 7742 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7743 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 7744 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 7745 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 7746 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 7747 Newcastle upon Tyne. 7748 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 7749 Corporation. 7750 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 7751 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 7752 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7753 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 7754 New Files: 7755 src/Makefile.CLIX 7756 src/Makefile.NCR3000 7757 doc/changes/Makefile 7758 doc/changes/changes.me 7759 doc/changes/changes.ps 7760 77618.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 7762 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 7763 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 7764 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 7765 77668.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 7767 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 7768 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 7769 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 7770 list. 7771 77728.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 7773 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 7774 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 7775 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 7776 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 7777 valid shell. 7778 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 7779 in the connection cache for a long time under some 7780 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 7781 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 7782 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 7783 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 7784 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 7785 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 7786 from a local user to another local user. From 7787 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7788 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 7789 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 7790 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7791 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 7792 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 7793 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 7794 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 7795 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 7796 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 7797 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 7798 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 7799 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 7800 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 7801 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 7802 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 7803 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 7804 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 7805 BSD-like system. 7806 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 7807 protocol entirely. 7808 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 7809 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 7810 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 7811 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 7812 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 7813 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 7814 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 7815 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 7816 files. 7817 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 7818 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 7819 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 7820 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 7821 of CMU. 7822 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 7823 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 7824 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 7825 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 7826 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 7827 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 7828 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 7829 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 7830 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 7831 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 7832 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 7833 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 7834 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 7835 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 7836 security implications. Suggested by several people. 7837 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 7838 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 7839 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 7840 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 7841 Motonori Nakamura. 7842 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 7843 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 7844 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 7845 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 7846 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 7847 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 7848 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7849 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 7850 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 7851 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 7852 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 7853 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 7854 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 7855 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 7856 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 7857 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 7858 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 7859 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 7860 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 7861 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 7862 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7863 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 7864 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 7865 didn't see the class items being added. 7866 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 7867 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 7868 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 7869 Rutgers. 7870 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 7871 but sets h_errno to a success value. 7872 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 7873 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 7874 address specified in the P option). This fix should 7875 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 7876 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 7877 the problem myself. 7878 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 7879 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 7880 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 7881 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 7882 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 7883 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 7884 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 7885 UUNET. 7886 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 7887 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 7888 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 7889 John Oleynick. 7890 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 7891 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 7892 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 7893 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 7894 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 7895 Nakamura. 7896 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 7897 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 7898 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 7899 University of Washington. 7900 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 7901 don't have an ``=value'' part. 7902 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 7903 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 7904 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 7905 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 7906 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 7907 of Cambridge University. 7908 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 7909 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 7910 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 7911 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 7912 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 7913 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 7914 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 7915 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 7916 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 7917 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 7918 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 7919 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 7920 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 7921 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 7922 a chance. 7923 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 7924 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 7925 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 7926 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 7927 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 7928 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 7929 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 7930 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 7931 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 7932 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 7933 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 7934 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 7935 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 7936 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 7937 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 7938 size for various mailers. 7939 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 7940 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 7941 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 7942 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 7943 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 7944 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 7945 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 7946 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 7947 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 7948 system. 7949 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 7950 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 7951 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 7952 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 7953 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 7954 Michel of Thomson CSF. 7955 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 7956 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 7957 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 7958 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 7959 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 7960 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 7961 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 7962 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 7963 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 7964 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 7965 University of Sydney. 7966 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 7967 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 7968 This is because of the known bug where definition of 7969 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 7970 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 7971 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 7972 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 7973 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 7974 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 7975 Suominen. 7976 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 7977 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 7978 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 7979 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 7980 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 7981 Suominen. 7982 Portability fixes: 7983 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 7984 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7985 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 7986 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 7987 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 7988 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7989 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 7990 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 7991 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 7992 NEW FILES: 7993 src/Makefile.DomainOS 7994 src/Makefile.PTX 7995 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 7996 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 7997 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 7998 src/mailq.1 7999 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8000 doc/op/Makefile 8001 doc/intro/Makefile 8002 doc/usenix/Makefile 8003 80048.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8005 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8006 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8007 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8008 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8009 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8010 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8011 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8012 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8013 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8014 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8015 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8016 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8017 Christian Wettergren. 8018 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8019 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8020 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8021 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8022 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8023 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8024 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8025 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8026 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8027 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8028 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8029 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8030 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8031 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8032 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8033 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8034 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8035 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8036 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8037 connection to create problems on the current job. 8038 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8039 the wrong place. 8040 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8041 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8042 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8043 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8044 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8045 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8046 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8047 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8048 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8049 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8050 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8051 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8052 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8053 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8054 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8055 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8056 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8057 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8058 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8059 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8060 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8061 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8062 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8063 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8064 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8065 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8066 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8067 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8068 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8069 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8070 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8071 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8072 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8073 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8074 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8075 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8076 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8077 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8078 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8079 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8080 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8081 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8082 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8083 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8084 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8085 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8086 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8087 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8088 dot convention. 8089 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8090 of from a clean exit. 8091 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8092 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8093 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8094 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8095 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8096 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8097 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8098 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8099 Jones of UUNET. 8100 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8101 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8102 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8103 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8104 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8105 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8106 says that they should be ignored. 8107 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8108 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8109 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8110 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8111 is not reentrant. 8112 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8113 documented in the Bat Book. 8114 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8115 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8116 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8117 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8118 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8119 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8120 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8121 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8122 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8123 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8124 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8125 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8126 of Kyoto University. 8127 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8128 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8129 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8130 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8131 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8132 Bryan Costales. 8133 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8134 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8135 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8136 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8137 Nakamura. 8138 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8139 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8140 illegal addresses appearing there). 8141 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8142 BB&N. 8143 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8144 included. 8145 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8146 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8147 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8148 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8149 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8150 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8151 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8152 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8153 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8154 by the other end closing the connection. From 8155 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8156 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8157 to include a host name or other useful information. 8158 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8159 DeMarco. 8160 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8161 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8162 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8163 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8164 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8165 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8166 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8167 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8168 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8169 this properly). 8170 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8171 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8172 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8173 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8174 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8175 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8176 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8177 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8178 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8179 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8180 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8181 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8182 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8183 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8184 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8185 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8186 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8187 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8188 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8189 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8190 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8191 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8192 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8193 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8194 Portability fixes for: 8195 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8196 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8197 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8198 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8199 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8200 of Stoner Associates. 8201 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8202 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8203 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8204 of Maryland. 8205 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8206 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8207 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8208 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8209 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8210 RISC/os. 8211 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8212 at Chico. 8213 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8214 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8215 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8216 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8217 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8218 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8219 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8220 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8221 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8222 addresses when relaying internally. 8223 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8224 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8225 provided by Peter Wemm. 8226 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8227 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8228 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8229 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8230 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8231 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8232 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8233 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8234 names. 8235 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8236 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8237 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8238 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8239 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8240 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8241 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8242 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8243 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8244 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8245 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8246 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8247 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8248 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8249 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8250 of Georgia Tech. 8251 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8252 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8253 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8254 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8255 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8256 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8257 the local name prepended. 8258 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8259 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8260 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8261 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8262 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8263 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8264 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8265 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8266 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8267 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8268 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8269 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8270 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8271 cause some .forward files that have worked 8272 before to start failing. 8273 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8274 NEW FILES: 8275 src/Makefile.DGUX 8276 src/Makefile.Dynix 8277 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8278 src/Makefile.Mach386 8279 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8280 src/Makefile.RISCos 8281 src/Makefile.SCO 8282 src/Makefile.SVR4 8283 src/Makefile.Titan 8284 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8285 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8286 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8287 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8288 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8289 makemap/Makefile.dist 8290 praliases/Makefile.dist 8291 82928.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8293 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8294 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8295 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8296 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8297 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8298 class of attack. 8299 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8300 in a few critical places. 8301 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8302 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8303 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8304 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8305 and High-Energy Physics. 8306 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8307 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8308 Eric Wassenaar. 8309 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8310 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8311 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8312 Wassenaar. 8313 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8314 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8315 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8316 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8317 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8318 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8319 these can have different values depending on which 8320 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8321 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8322 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8323 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8324 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8325 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8326 postmaster" case. 8327 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8328 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8329 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8330 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8331 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8332 Christopher Davis. 8333 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8334 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8335 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8336 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8337 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8338 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8339 83408.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8341 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8342 addresses that get return-receipts. 8343 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8344 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8345 and end up sending the message several times. 8346 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8347 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 8348 four hours". 8349 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 8350 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 8351 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 8352 Cornell University Medical College. 8353 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 8354 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 8355 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 8356 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 8357 Wassenaar. 8358 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 8359 connections fail during message collection. From 8360 Eric Wassenaar. 8361 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 8362 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 8363 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 8364 Stratus. 8365 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 8366 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 8367 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8368 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 8369 by non-root users were not put into 8370 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 8371 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 8372 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 8373 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 8374 could get confused as to whether a database was 8375 open or not. 8376 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 8377 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 8378 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 8379 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 8380 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 8381 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 8382 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 8383 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 8384 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 8385 83868.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 8387 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 8388 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 8389 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 8390 propagated to the queue file. 8391 83928.6/8.6 1993/10/05 8393 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 8394 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 8395 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 8396 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 8397 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 8398 header files but don't have the syscall. 8399 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 8400 if trymx == FALSE. 8401 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 8402 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 8403 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 8404 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8405 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 8406 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8407 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 8408 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 8409 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 8410 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 8411 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 8412 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 8413 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 8414 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 8415 Kanbe. 8416 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 8417 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 8418 Wisner of The Well. 8419 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 8420 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 8421 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 8422 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 8423 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 8424 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 8425 files that you should be able to read but have previously 8426 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 8427 read permission. 8428 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 8429 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 8430 MX suppression will still work. 8431 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 8432 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 8433 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 8434 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8435 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 8436 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 8437 Nakamura. 8438 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 8439 "CX $Z" works. 8440 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 8441 trying to send the original message if the connection 8442 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 8443 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 8444 by John Myers of CMU. 8445 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 8446 term bug. 8447 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 8448 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 8449 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 8450 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 8451 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 8452 queue interval. This is an important fix. 8453 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 8454 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 8455 ruleset testing a bit easier. 8456 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 8457 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 8458 level. 8459 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 8460 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 8461 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 8462 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 8463 address. 8464 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 8465 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 8466 Harvey Mudd College. 8467 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 8468 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 8469 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 8470 their full name information. 8471 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 8472 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 8473 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 8474 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 8475 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 8476 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 8477 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 8478 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 8479 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8480 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 8481 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 8482 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 8483 PC TCP/IP implementations. 8484 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 8485 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 8486 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 8487 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 8488 names. 8489 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 8490 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 8491 helpful. 8492 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 8493 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 8494 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 8495 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 8496 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 8497 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 8498 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 8499 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 8500 that claims to be itself works properly. 8501 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 8502 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 8503 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 8504 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 8505 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 8506 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 8507 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8508 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 8509 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 8510 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 8511 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 8512 scratch. 8513 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 8514 true address to still send to the original address 8515 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 8516 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 8517 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 8518 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 8519 more trouble than it was worth. 8520 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 8521 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 8522 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 8523 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 8524 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 8525 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 8526 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 8527 the queue. 8528 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 8529 messages don't come out with stale information. 8530 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 8531 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 8532 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 8533 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 8534 Myers of CMU. 8535 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 8536 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 8537 Corrigan. 8538 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 8539 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 8540 sender address. 8541 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 8542 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 8543 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 8544 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 8545 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 8546 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 8547 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 8548 that does bulk data transfer). 8549 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 8550 Amir Plivatsky. 8551 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 8552 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 8553 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 8554 bogus config files that were not caught. 8555 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 8556 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 8557 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 8558 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 8559 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 8560 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 8561 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 8562 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 8563 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 8564 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 8565 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 8566 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 8567 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 8568 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 8569 opened or if running with no database format defined. 8570 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 8571 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8572 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 8573 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 8574 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 8575 Melbourne. 8576 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 8577 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 8578 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 8579 to match regular entries. 8580 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 8581 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 8582 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 8583 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 8584 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 8585 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 8586 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8587 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 8588 error message so that the "subject" line of return 8589 messages is the best possible. 8590 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 8591 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 8592 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 8593 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 8594 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 8595 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 8596 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 8597 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 8598 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 8599 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 8600 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 8601 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 8602 on the address. 8603 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 8604 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 8605 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 8606 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 8607 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8608 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 8609 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 8610 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 8611 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 8612 addresses in any detail. 8613 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 8614 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 8615 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 8616 with an address such as "!foo". 8617 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 8618 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 8619 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 8620 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 8621 Bret Marquis. 8622 86238.5/8.5 1993/07/23 8624 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 8625 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 8626 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 8627 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 8628 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 8629 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 8630 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 8631 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 8632 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 8633 Nakamura. 8634 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 8635 are no DNS records matching the name. 8636 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 8637 original message was received ... from localhost". 8638 The correct original host information is now included. 8639 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 8640 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 8641 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 8642 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 8643 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 8644 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 8645 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 8646 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 8647 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 8648 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 8649 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 8650 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 8651 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 8652 86538.4/8.4 1993/07/22 8654 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 8655 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 8656 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 8657 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 8658 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 8659 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 8660 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 8661 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 8662 are really configuration errors. This option is 8663 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 8664 UIUC sendmail. 8665 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 8666 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 8667 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 8668 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 8669 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 8670 by Neil Rickert. 8671 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 8672 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 8673 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 8674 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 8675 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 8676 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 8677 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 8678 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 8679 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 8680 of dickering with error handling (see below). 8681 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 8682 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 8683 humans. 8684 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 8685 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 8686 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 8687 repaired). 8688 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 8689 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 8690 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 8691 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 8692 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 8693 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 8694 connection rather than sending QUIT. 8695 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 8696 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 8697 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 8698 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 8699 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8700 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 8701 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 8702 core dumps on some machines. 8703 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 8704 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 8705 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 8706 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 8707 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 8708 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 8709 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 8710 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 8711 some true error conditions. 8712 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 8713 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 8714 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 8715 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 8716 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 8717 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 8718 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 8719 by Motonori Nakamura. 8720 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 8721 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 8722 caused error messages to be handled differently during 8723 a queue run than a direct run. 8724 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 8725 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 8726 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 8727 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 8728 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 8729 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 8730 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 8731 restart it. 8732 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 8733 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 8734 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 8735 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 8736 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 8737 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 8738 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 8739 is appropriately functional. 8740 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 8741 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 8742 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 8743 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 8744 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 8745 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 8746 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 8747 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 8748 Technologies. 8749 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 8750 process group id. The original fix was to get around 8751 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 8752 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 8753 different from the process id. I could try to fix 8754 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 8755 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 8756 things. 8757 Portability changes: 8758 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 8759 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 8760 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 8761 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 8762 of Colorado. 8763 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 8764 help other strict ANSI compilers. 8765 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 8766 Corporation. 8767 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 8768 documentation apparently doesn't define 8769 __STDC__ by default). 8770 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 8771 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 8772 Motonori Nakamura. 8773 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 8774 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 8775 several people have made a good argument that this 8776 creates more problems than it solves (although this 8777 may prove painful in the short run). 8778 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 8779 format. 8780 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 8781 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 8782 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 8783 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 8784 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 8785 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 8786 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 8787 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 8788 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 8789 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 8790 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 8791 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 8792 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 8793 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 8794 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 8795 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8796 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 8797 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 8798 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 8799 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 8800 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 8801 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 8802 environments. Ugly as sin. 8803 88048.3/8.3 1993/07/13 8805 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 8806 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 8807 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 8808 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 8809 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 8810 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 8811 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 8812 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 8813 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 8814 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 8815 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 8816 "user friendly". 8817 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 8818 16 bytes/sec. 8819 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 8820 compatibility library. This also adds a new 8821 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 8822 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 8823 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 8824 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 8825 for quick test cases. 8826 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 8827 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 8828 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 8829 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 8830 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 8831 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 8832 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 8833 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 8834 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 8835 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 8836 From Michael Corrigan. 8837 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 8838 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 8839 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 8840 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 8841 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 8842 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 8843 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 8844 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 8845 Christophe Wolfhugel. 8846 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 8847 88488.2/8.2 1993/07/11 8849 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 8850 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 8851 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 8852 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 8853 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 8854 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 8855 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 8856 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 8857 from Bill Wisner. 8858 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 8859 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 8860 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 8861 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 8862 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 8863 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 8864 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 8865 match the other flags in that file. 8866 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 8867 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 8868 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 8869 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 8870 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 8871 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 8872 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 8873 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 8874 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 8875 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 8876 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 8877 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 8878 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 8879 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 8880 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 8881 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 8882 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 8883 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 8884 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 8885 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 8886 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 8887 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 8888 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 8889 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 8890 the root and directories leading up to your home); 8891 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 8892 be owned by you. 8893 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 8894 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 8895 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 8896 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 8897 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 8898 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 8899 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 8900 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 8901 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 8902 is separate; this is just intended to work around 8903 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 8904 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 8905 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 8906 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 8907 matching without a null it never tries again with a 8908 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 8909 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 8910 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 8911 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 8912 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 8913 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 8914 it adapts. 8915 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 8916 will insert the appropriate full name information; 8917 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 8918 way. 8919 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 8920 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 8921 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 8922 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 8923 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 8924 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 8925 only happen when there has been another error in the 8926 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 8927 by default in conf.h. 8928 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 8929 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 8930 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 8931 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 8932 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 8933 This output is not intended to be particularly human 8934 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 8935 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 8936 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 8937 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 8938 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 8939 See cf/README for an example. 8940 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 8941 sites that don't use the -d flag. 8942 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 8943 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 8944 has been requested by several people, but can break 8945 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 8946 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 8947 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 8948 broken. Use it sparingly. 8949 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 8950 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 8951 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 8952 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 8953 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 8954 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 8955 Bill Wisner of The Well. 8956 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 8957 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 8958 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 8959 89608.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 8961 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 8962 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 8963 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 8964 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 8965 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 8966 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 8967 89688.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 8969 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 8970 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 8971 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 8972 89738.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 8974 Another mailertable fix.... 8975 89768.1/8.1 1993/06/07 8977 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 8978